Adding upstream version 4:24.2.0.upstream/4%24.2.0

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

84 files changed, 10441 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/include/svl/IndexedStyleSheets.hxx b/include/svl/IndexedStyleSheets.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..910acd9e25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/IndexedStyleSheets.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_INDEXEDSTYLESHEETS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_INDEXEDSTYLESHEETS_HXX
+
+#include <svl/style.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ref.hxx>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <unordered_map>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace svl
+{
+/** Function object to check whether a style sheet a fulfills specific criteria.
+ * Derive from this class and override the Check() method.
+ */
+struct StyleSheetPredicate
+{
+    virtual bool Check(const SfxStyleSheetBase& styleSheet) = 0;
+    virtual ~StyleSheetPredicate() {}
+};
+
+/** Function object for cleanup-Strategy for IndexedSfxStyleSheets::Clear().
+ * Derive from it and do what is necessary to dispose of a style sheet in Dispose().
+ */
+struct StyleSheetDisposer
+{
+    virtual void Dispose(rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase> styleSheet) = 0;
+    virtual ~StyleSheetDisposer() {}
+};
+
+/** Function object to apply a method on all style sheets.
+ * Derive from it and do whatever you want to with the style sheet in the DoIt() method.
+ */
+struct StyleSheetCallback
+{
+    virtual void DoIt(const SfxStyleSheetBase& styleSheet) = 0;
+    virtual ~StyleSheetCallback() {}
+};
+
+/** This class holds SfxStyleSheets and allows for access via an id and a name.
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * The identification of style sheets happens by their name. If the name of a sheet changes,
+ * it will not be found again! Please call Reindex() after changing a style sheet's name.
+ *
+ * @internal
+ * This class was implemented to mitigate solve #fdo 30770.
+ * The issue describes an Excel file which takes several hours to open.
+ * An analysis revealed that the time is spent searching for style sheets with linear scans in an array.
+ * This class implements access to the style sheets via their name in (usually) constant time.
+ *
+ * The return type for most methods is a vector of unsigned integers which denote the position
+ * of the style sheets in the vector, and not of pointers to style sheets.
+ * You will need a non-const StyleSheetPool to obtain the actual style sheets.
+ *
+ *
+ * Index-based access is required in several code portions. Hence we have to store the style sheets
+ * in a vector as well as in a map.
+ */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC IndexedStyleSheets final
+{
+public:
+    IndexedStyleSheets();
+
+    /** Destructor.
+     *
+     * @internal
+     * Is explicit because it has to know how to dispose of SfxStyleSheetBase objects.
+     */
+    ~IndexedStyleSheets();
+
+    /** Adds a style sheet.
+     *
+     * If the style sheet is already contained, this call has no effect.
+     */
+    void AddStyleSheet(const rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase>& style);
+
+    /** Removes a style sheet. */
+    bool RemoveStyleSheet(const rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase>& style);
+
+    /** Check whether a specified style sheet is stored. */
+    bool HasStyleSheet(const rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase>& style) const;
+
+    /** Obtain the number of style sheets which are held */
+    sal_Int32 GetNumberOfStyleSheets() const;
+
+    /** Obtain the number of style sheets for which a certain condition holds */
+    sal_Int32 GetNumberOfStyleSheetsWithPredicate(StyleSheetPredicate& predicate) const;
+
+    /** Return the stylesheet by its position.
+     * You can obtain the position by, e.g., FindStyleSheetPosition()
+     * @internal
+     * Method is not const because the returned style sheet is not const
+     */
+    SfxStyleSheetBase* GetStyleSheetByPosition(sal_Int32 pos);
+
+    /** Find the position of a provided style.
+     *
+     * @throws std::runtime_error if the style has not been found.
+     */
+    sal_Int32 FindStyleSheetPosition(const SfxStyleSheetBase& style) const;
+
+    /** Obtain the positions of all styles which have a given name
+     */
+    std::vector<sal_Int32> FindPositionsByName(const OUString& name) const;
+
+    enum class SearchBehavior
+    {
+        ReturnAll,
+        ReturnFirst
+    };
+    /** Obtain the positions of all styles which have a certain name and fulfill a certain condition.
+     *
+     * This method is fast because it can use the name-based index
+     */
+    std::vector<sal_Int32>
+    FindPositionsByNameAndPredicate(const OUString& name, StyleSheetPredicate& predicate,
+                                    SearchBehavior behavior = SearchBehavior::ReturnAll) const;
+
+    /** Obtain the positions of all styles which fulfill a certain condition.
+     *
+     * This method is slow because it cannot use the name-based index
+     */
+    std::vector<sal_Int32> FindPositionsByPredicate(StyleSheetPredicate& predicate) const;
+
+    /** Execute a callback on all style sheets */
+    void ApplyToAllStyleSheets(StyleSheetCallback& callback) const;
+
+    /** Clear the contents of the index.
+     * The StyleSheetDisposer::Dispose() method is called on each style sheet, e.g., if you want to broadcast
+     * changes.
+     */
+    void Clear(StyleSheetDisposer& cleanup);
+
+    void Reindex();
+
+    /** Warning: counting for n starts at 0, i.e., the 0th style sheet is the first that is found. */
+    SfxStyleSheetBase* GetNthStyleSheetThatMatchesPredicate(sal_Int32 n,
+                                                            StyleSheetPredicate& predicate,
+                                                            sal_Int32 startAt = 0);
+
+    /** Get the positions of the style sheets which belong to a certain family.
+     */
+    const std::vector<sal_Int32>& GetStyleSheetPositionsByFamily(SfxStyleFamily) const;
+
+private:
+    /** Register the position of a styleName in the index */
+    void Register(const SfxStyleSheetBase& style, sal_Int32 pos);
+
+    typedef std::vector<rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase>> VectorType;
+    /** Vector with the stylesheets to allow for index-based access.
+     */
+    VectorType mStyleSheets;
+
+    /** The map type that is used to store the mapping from strings to ids in mStyleSheets
+     *
+     * @internal
+     * Must be an unordered map. A regular map is too slow for some files. */
+    typedef std::unordered_multimap<OUString, unsigned> MapType;
+
+    /** A map which stores the positions of style sheets by their name */
+    MapType mPositionsByName;
+
+    std::vector<std::vector<sal_Int32>> mStyleSheetPositionsByFamily;
+};
+
+} /* namespace svl */
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_INDEXEDSTYLESHEETS_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/PasswordHelper.hxx b/include/svl/PasswordHelper.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..405b3962aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/PasswordHelper.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_PASSWORDHELPER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_PASSWORDHELPER_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <string_view>
+#include <optional>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
+
+class SvPasswordHelper
+{
+    static void     GetHashPasswordLittleEndian(css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8>& rPassHash, std::u16string_view sPass);
+    static void     GetHashPasswordBigEndian(css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8>& rPassHash, std::u16string_view sPass);
+
+public:
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static void     GetHashPassword(css::uno::Sequence <sal_Int8>& rPassHash, const char* pPass, sal_uInt32 nLen);
+
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static void     GetHashPassword(css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8>& rPassHash, std::u16string_view sPass);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static void     GetHashPasswordSHA1UTF8(css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8>& rPassHash, std::u16string_view sPass);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static void     GetHashPasswordSHA256(css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8>& rPassHash, std::u16string_view sPass);
+    /**
+    Use this method to compare a given string with another given Hash value.
+    This is necessary, because in older versions exists different hashes of the same string. They were endian dependent.
+    We need this to handle old files. This method will compare against big and
+    little endian UTF-16.
+    tdf#115483: also check 2 different new ways of hashing that were added in
+    ODF 1.2, requiring UTF-8 encoding.
+    */
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static bool     CompareHashPassword(const css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8>& rOldPassHash, std::u16string_view sNewPass);
+
+    /** Get password strength percentage
+
+    Maps the calculated password entropy bit amount to password strength percentage:
+    0 bits      -> 0%
+    >= 112 bits -> 100%
+
+    @param pPassword null terminated password string.
+    @returns Password strength percentage in the range [0.0, 100.0]
+    */
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static double GetPasswordStrengthPercentage(const char* pPassword);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static double GetPasswordStrengthPercentage(const OUString& aPassword);
+
+    /** Checks if the password meets the password policies
+
+    @param pPassword null terminated password string.
+    @param oPasswordPolicy Regular expression string that defines the password policy.
+
+    @returns true if password meets the policy or there is no policy enforced.
+    */
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static bool PasswordMeetsPolicy(const char* pPassword,
+                                                  const std::optional<OUString>& oPasswordPolicy);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static bool PasswordMeetsPolicy(const OUString& aPassword,
+                                                  const std::optional<OUString>& oPasswordPolicy);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/SfxBroadcaster.hxx b/include/svl/SfxBroadcaster.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b026f4c7e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/SfxBroadcaster.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_BRDCST_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_BRDCST_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <vector>
+#include <functional>
+
+class SfxListener;
+class SfxHint;
+class SfxBroadcasterTest;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxBroadcaster
+{
+    /** Contains the positions of removed listeners. */
+    std::vector<size_t>     m_RemovedPositions;
+    std::vector<SfxListener*> m_Listeners;
+
+private:
+    void                    AddListener( SfxListener& rListener );
+    void                    RemoveListener( SfxListener& rListener );
+    const SfxBroadcaster&   operator=(const SfxBroadcaster &) = delete;
+
+protected:
+    void                    Forward(SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint);
+
+public:
+
+                            SfxBroadcaster() {}
+                            SfxBroadcaster( const SfxBroadcaster &rBC );
+    virtual                 ~SfxBroadcaster() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE;
+
+    void                    Broadcast( const SfxHint &rHint );
+    bool                    HasListeners() const;
+
+    /** Get the number of listeners which are registered at this broadcaster */
+    size_t                  GetListenerCount() const;
+
+    /** Iterate over all the listeners and call the passed function.
+        return true to break the loop.  */
+    void  ForAllListeners(std::function<bool(SfxListener*)> f) const;
+
+    friend class SfxListener;
+    friend class ::SfxBroadcasterTest;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/adrparse.hxx b/include/svl/adrparse.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f19fc7ef06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/adrparse.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ADRPARSE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ADRPARSE_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <vector>
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvAddressParser
+{
+    friend class SvAddressParser_Impl;
+
+    ::std::vector< OUString >
+                        m_vAddresses;
+
+public:
+    SvAddressParser(const OUString& rInput);
+
+    ~SvAddressParser();
+
+    sal_Int32 Count() const { return m_vAddresses.size(); }
+
+    const OUString& GetEmailAddress(sal_Int32 nIndex) const
+    {
+        return m_vAddresses[nIndex];
+    }
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_ADRPARSE_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/asiancfg.hxx b/include/svl/asiancfg.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ee88fe357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/asiancfg.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ASIANCFG_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ASIANCFG_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::lang {
+    struct Locale;
+}
+
+/// These constants define character compression in Asian text.
+/// Must match the values in com::sun::star::text::CharacterCompressionType.
+/// For bonus points, also appears to be directly stored in the ww8 file format.
+enum class CharCompressType {
+    NONE,               /// No Compression
+    PunctuationOnly,        /// Only punctuation is compressed
+    PunctuationAndKana, /// Punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
+    Invalid = 0xff      /// only used in SC
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvxAsianConfig {
+public:
+    SvxAsianConfig();
+    ~SvxAsianConfig();
+    SvxAsianConfig(const SvxAsianConfig&) = delete;
+    SvxAsianConfig& operator=( const SvxAsianConfig& ) = delete;
+
+    void Commit();
+
+    bool IsKerningWesternTextOnly() const;
+
+    void SetKerningWesternTextOnly(bool value);
+
+    CharCompressType GetCharDistanceCompression() const;
+
+    void SetCharDistanceCompression(CharCompressType value);
+
+    css::uno::Sequence< css::lang::Locale > GetStartEndCharLocales() const;
+
+    bool GetStartEndChars(
+        css::lang::Locale const & locale, OUString & startChars,
+        OUString & endChars) const;
+
+    void SetStartEndChars(
+        css::lang::Locale const & locale,
+        OUString const * startChars, OUString const * endChars);
+
+private:
+    struct Impl;
+
+    std::unique_ptr< Impl > impl_;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/broadcast.hxx b/include/svl/broadcast.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30592d22c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/broadcast.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_BROADCAST_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_BROADCAST_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <vector>
+
+class SvtListener;
+class SfxHint;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvtBroadcaster
+{
+public:
+    friend class SvtListener;
+
+    typedef std::vector<SvtListener*> ListenersType;
+
+private:
+    const SvtBroadcaster&   operator=(const SvtBroadcaster &) = delete;
+
+    /**
+     * Ensure that the container doesn't contain any duplicated listener
+     * entries. As a side effect, the listeners get sorted by pointer values
+     * after this call.
+     */
+    void Normalize() const;
+
+    void Add( SvtListener* p );
+    void Remove( SvtListener* p );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void            ListenersGone();
+
+public:
+                            SvtBroadcaster()
+                                : mnEmptySlots(0), mnListenersFirstUnsorted(0), mbAboutToDie(false)
+                                , mbDisposing(false), mbDestNormalized(true) {}
+                            SvtBroadcaster( const SvtBroadcaster &rBC );
+    virtual                 ~SvtBroadcaster();
+
+    void                    Broadcast( const SfxHint &rHint );
+
+    ListenersType& GetAllListeners();
+    const ListenersType& GetAllListeners() const;
+
+    bool HasListeners() const { return (maListeners.size() - mnEmptySlots) > 0; }
+
+    /**
+     * Listeners and broadcasters are M:N relationship.  If you want to
+     * destruct them, you easily end up in O(M*N) situation; where for every
+     * listener, you iterate all broadcasters, to remove that one listener.
+     *
+     * To avoid that, use this call to announce to the broadcaster it is going
+     * to die, and the listeners do not have to bother with removing
+     * themselves from the broadcaster - the broadcaster will not broadcast
+     * anything after the PrepareForDestruction() call anyway.
+     */
+    void PrepareForDestruction();
+
+private:
+    /// contains only one of each listener, which is enforced by SvtListener
+    mutable ListenersType maListeners;
+
+    /// When the broadcaster is about to die, collect listeners that asked for removal.
+    mutable ListenersType maDestructedListeners;
+
+    /**
+        Note that this class is very performance sensitive, so the following fields have been
+        carefully sized and packed so we can access them quickly, while also taking as little CPU cache
+        space as possible (because e.g. calc can have a LOT of them)
+    */
+    mutable sal_Int32 mnEmptySlots;
+    // The first item in maListeners that is not sorted. The container can become large, so this optimizes sorting.
+    mutable sal_Int32 mnListenersFirstUnsorted;
+    /// Indicate that this broadcaster will be destructed (we indicate this on all ScColumn's broadcasters during the ScTable destruction, eg.)
+    bool mbAboutToDie:1;
+    bool mbDisposing:1;
+    // Whether maDestructedListeners is sorted or not.
+    mutable bool mbDestNormalized:1;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/cenumitm.hxx b/include/svl/cenumitm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9428e095ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/cenumitm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_CENUMITM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_CENUMITM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxEnumItemInterface: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+protected:
+    explicit SfxEnumItemInterface(sal_uInt16 which): SfxPoolItem(which) {}
+
+    SfxEnumItemInterface(const SfxEnumItemInterface &) = default;
+
+public:
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation, MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&) const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any & rVal, sal_uInt8 = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any & rVal, sal_uInt8 ) override;
+
+    virtual sal_uInt16 GetValueCount() const = 0;
+
+    virtual sal_uInt16 GetEnumValue() const = 0;
+
+    virtual void SetEnumValue(sal_uInt16 nValue) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool HasBoolValue() const;
+
+    virtual bool GetBoolValue() const;
+
+    virtual void SetBoolValue(bool bValue);
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_CENUMITM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/cintitem.hxx b/include/svl/cintitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bde59c3990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/cintitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_CINTITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_CINTITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC CntByteItem: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_uInt8 m_nValue;
+
+public:
+
+    CntByteItem(sal_uInt16 which, sal_uInt8 nTheValue):
+        SfxPoolItem(which), m_nValue(nTheValue) {}
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                 MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                            sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId) override;
+
+    virtual CntByteItem* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    sal_uInt8 GetValue() const { return m_nValue; }
+
+    inline void SetValue(sal_uInt8 nTheValue);
+};
+
+inline void CntByteItem::SetValue(sal_uInt8 nTheValue)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(GetRefCount() == 0, "CntByteItem::SetValue(): Pooled item");
+    m_nValue = nTheValue;
+}
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC CntUInt16Item: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_uInt16 m_nValue;
+
+public:
+
+    CntUInt16Item(sal_uInt16 which, sal_uInt16 nTheValue):
+        SfxPoolItem(which), m_nValue(nTheValue)
+    {}
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                 MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                            sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId) override;
+
+    virtual CntUInt16Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    sal_uInt16 GetValue() const { return m_nValue; }
+
+    inline void SetValue(sal_uInt16 nTheValue);
+};
+
+inline void CntUInt16Item::SetValue(sal_uInt16 nTheValue)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(GetRefCount() == 0, "CntUInt16Item::SetValue(): Pooled item");
+    m_nValue = nTheValue;
+}
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC CntInt32Item: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_Int32 m_nValue;
+
+public:
+
+    CntInt32Item(sal_uInt16 which, sal_Int32 nTheValue):
+        SfxPoolItem(which), m_nValue(nTheValue)
+    {}
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                 MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                            sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId) override;
+
+    virtual CntInt32Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    sal_Int32 GetValue() const { return m_nValue; }
+
+    inline void SetValue(sal_Int32 nTheValue);
+};
+
+inline void CntInt32Item::SetValue(sal_Int32 nTheValue)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(GetRefCount() == 0, "CntInt32Item::SetValue(): Pooled item");
+    m_nValue = nTheValue;
+}
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC CntUInt32Item: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_uInt32 m_nValue;
+
+public:
+
+    CntUInt32Item(sal_uInt16 which, sal_uInt32 nTheValue):
+        SfxPoolItem(which), m_nValue(nTheValue)
+    {}
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                 MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                            sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId) override;
+
+    virtual CntUInt32Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    sal_uInt32 GetValue() const { return m_nValue; }
+
+    inline void SetValue(sal_uInt32 nTheValue);
+};
+
+inline void CntUInt32Item::SetValue(sal_uInt32 nTheValue)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(GetRefCount() == 0, "CntUInt32Item::SetValue(): Pooled item");
+    m_nValue = nTheValue;
+}
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_CINTITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/cjkoptions.hxx b/include/svl/cjkoptions.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cec2f035b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/cjkoptions.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+namespace SvtCJKOptions
+{
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsCJKFontEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsVerticalTextEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsAsianTypographyEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsJapaneseFindEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsRubyEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsChangeCaseMapEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsDoubleLinesEnabled();
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC void SetAll(bool bSet);
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsAnyEnabled();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsAnyReadOnly();
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/converter.hxx b/include/svl/converter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b2000c88e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/converter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_CONVERTER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_CONVERTER_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+class SvDbaseConverter
+{
+public:
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static sal_Int32 ConvertPrecisionToDbase(sal_Int32 _nLen, sal_Int32 _nScale);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC static sal_Int32 ConvertPrecisionToOdbc(sal_Int32 _nLen, sal_Int32 _nScale);
+};
+
+#endif //_CONVERTER_HXX_
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/cryptosign.hxx b/include/svl/cryptosign.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3bb682916e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/cryptosign.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+#include <rtl/strbuf.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.hxx>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+// Is this length truly the maximum possible, or just a number that
+// seemed large enough when the author tested this (with some type of
+// certificates)? I suspect the latter.
+
+// Used to be 0x4000 = 16384, but a sample signed PDF (produced by
+// some other software) provided by the customer has a signature
+// content that is 30000 bytes. The SampleSignedPDFDocument.pdf from
+// Adobe has one that is 21942 bytes. So let's be careful. Pity this
+// can't be dynamic, at least not without restructuring the code. Also
+// note that the checks in the code for this being too small
+// apparently are broken, if this overflows you end up with an invalid
+// PDF. Need to fix that.
+
+#define MAX_SIGNATURE_CONTENT_LENGTH 50000
+
+namespace com::sun::star::security { class XCertificate; }
+class SvStream;
+struct SignatureInformation;
+
+namespace svl::crypto {
+
+/// Converts a hex-encoded string into a byte array.
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC std::vector<unsigned char> DecodeHexString(std::string_view rHex);
+
+/// Helper to cryptographically sign and verify
+/// arbitrary data blocks.
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC Signing
+{
+public:
+
+    Signing(css::uno::Reference<css::security::XCertificate> xCertificate) :
+        m_xCertificate(std::move(xCertificate))
+    {
+    }
+
+    /// Add a range to sign.
+    /// Note: for efficiency this takes a naked pointer, which must remain valid
+    /// until this object is discarded.
+    void AddDataRange(const void* pData, sal_Int32 size)
+    {
+        m_dataBlocks.emplace_back(pData, size);
+    }
+
+    void SetSignTSA(const OUString& tsa) { m_aSignTSA = tsa; }
+    void SetSignPassword(const OUString& password) { m_aSignPassword = password; }
+
+    /// Signs one or more data blocks (as a single, contiguous, array).
+    /// Returns the signature (in PKCS#7 format) as string (hex).
+    bool Sign(OStringBuffer& rCMSHexBuffer);
+
+    /// Verify and get Signature Information given a byte array.
+    static bool Verify(const std::vector<unsigned char>& aData,
+                       const bool bNonDetached,
+                       const std::vector<unsigned char>& aSignature,
+                       SignatureInformation& rInformation);
+
+    /// Verify and get Signature Information given a signature and stream.
+    static bool Verify(SvStream& rStream,
+                       const std::vector<std::pair<size_t, size_t>>& aByteRanges,
+                       const bool bNonDetached,
+                       const std::vector<unsigned char>& aSignature,
+                       SignatureInformation& rInformation);
+
+private:
+    /// The certificate to use for signing.
+    const css::uno::Reference<css::security::XCertificate> m_xCertificate;
+
+    /// Data blocks (pointer-size pairs).
+    std::vector<std::pair<const void*, sal_Int32>> m_dataBlocks;
+    OUString m_aSignTSA;
+    OUString m_aSignPassword;
+};
+
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
+
diff --git a/include/svl/ctloptions.hxx b/include/svl/ctloptions.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe34326589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/ctloptions.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_CTLOPTIONS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_CTLOPTIONS_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <unotools/options.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+class SvtCTLOptions_Impl;
+
+// class SvtCTLOptions --------------------------------------------------------
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvtCTLOptions final : public utl::detail::Options
+{
+private:
+    std::shared_ptr<SvtCTLOptions_Impl>    m_pImpl;
+
+public:
+
+    // bDontLoad is for referencing purposes only
+    SvtCTLOptions( bool bDontLoad = false );
+    virtual ~SvtCTLOptions() override;
+
+    void        SetCTLFontEnabled( bool _bEnabled );
+    static bool IsCTLFontEnabled();
+
+    void        SetCTLSequenceChecking( bool _bEnabled );
+    static bool IsCTLSequenceChecking();
+
+    void        SetCTLSequenceCheckingRestricted( bool _bEnable );
+    static bool IsCTLSequenceCheckingRestricted();
+
+    void        SetCTLSequenceCheckingTypeAndReplace( bool _bEnable );
+    static bool IsCTLSequenceCheckingTypeAndReplace();
+
+    enum CursorMovement
+    {
+        MOVEMENT_LOGICAL = 0,
+        MOVEMENT_VISUAL
+    };
+    void            SetCTLCursorMovement( CursorMovement _eMovement );
+    static CursorMovement GetCTLCursorMovement();
+
+    enum TextNumerals
+    {
+        NUMERALS_ARABIC = 0,
+        NUMERALS_HINDI,
+        NUMERALS_SYSTEM,
+        NUMERALS_CONTEXT
+    };
+    void            SetCTLTextNumerals( TextNumerals _eNumerals );
+    static TextNumerals GetCTLTextNumerals();
+
+    enum EOption
+    {
+        E_CTLFONT,
+        E_CTLSEQUENCECHECKING,
+        E_CTLCURSORMOVEMENT,
+        E_CTLTEXTNUMERALS,
+        E_CTLSEQUENCECHECKINGRESTRICTED,
+        E_CTLSEQUENCECHECKINGTYPEANDREPLACE
+    };
+    bool IsReadOnly(EOption eOption) const;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_CTLOPTIONS_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/currencytable.hxx b/include/svl/currencytable.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a990ba4e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/currencytable.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+* This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+*
+* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+*/
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_CURRENCYTABLE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_CURRENCYTABLE_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/zforlist.hxx>
+
+#include <vector>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC NfCurrencyTable
+{
+    typedef std::vector<NfCurrencyEntry> DataType;
+    DataType maData;
+
+    NfCurrencyTable(NfCurrencyTable const&) = delete;
+    void operator=(NfCurrencyTable const&) = delete;
+
+public:
+    NfCurrencyTable() {}
+    typedef DataType::iterator iterator;
+    typedef DataType::const_iterator const_iterator;
+
+    iterator begin();
+
+    NfCurrencyEntry& operator[](size_t i);
+    const NfCurrencyEntry& operator[](size_t i) const;
+
+    size_t size() const;
+
+    void insert(const iterator& it, NfCurrencyEntry p);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/custritm.hxx b/include/svl/custritm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3159c41dfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/custritm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_CUSTRITM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_CUSTRITM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <utility>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC CntUnencodedStringItem: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    OUString m_aValue;
+
+public:
+
+    CntUnencodedStringItem(sal_uInt16 which): SfxPoolItem(which)
+    {}
+
+    CntUnencodedStringItem(sal_uInt16 which, OUString aTheValue):
+        SfxPoolItem(which), m_aValue(std::move(aTheValue))
+    {}
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                 MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&) const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                            sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId) override;
+
+    virtual CntUnencodedStringItem* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    const OUString & GetValue() const { return m_aValue; }
+
+    inline void SetValue(const OUString & rTheValue);
+};
+
+inline void CntUnencodedStringItem::SetValue(const OUString & rTheValue)
+{
+    assert(GetRefCount() == 0 && "cannot modify name of pooled item");
+    m_aValue = rTheValue;
+}
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_CUSTRITM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/documentlockfile.hxx b/include/svl/documentlockfile.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5dee52561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/documentlockfile.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_DOCUMENTLOCKFILE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_DOCUMENTLOCKFILE_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <svl/lockfilecommon.hxx>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XInputStream; }
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XOutputStream; }
+
+namespace svt {
+
+/// Generalized class for LO and MSO lockfile handling.
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC GenDocumentLockFile : public LockFileCommon
+{
+public:
+    GenDocumentLockFile(const OUString& aLockFileURL);
+    virtual ~GenDocumentLockFile() override;
+
+    bool CreateOwnLockFile();
+    bool OverwriteOwnLockFile();
+    /// Delete the Lockfile, if current user is the owner
+    virtual void RemoveFile();
+    /// Only delete lockfile, disregarding ownership
+    void RemoveFileDirectly();
+
+    LockFileEntry GetLockData();
+
+protected:
+    virtual LockFileEntry GetLockDataImpl(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard) = 0;
+    virtual void WriteEntryToStream( std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard, const LockFileEntry& aEntry, const css::uno::Reference< css::io::XOutputStream >& xStream ) = 0;
+    virtual css::uno::Reference< css::io::XInputStream > OpenStream(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard);
+};
+
+/// Class implementing reading and writing LO lockfiles.
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DocumentLockFile final : public GenDocumentLockFile
+{
+    virtual void WriteEntryToStream( std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard, const LockFileEntry& aEntry, const css::uno::Reference< css::io::XOutputStream >& xStream ) override;
+
+public:
+    DocumentLockFile( std::u16string_view aOrigURL );
+    virtual ~DocumentLockFile() override;
+
+protected:
+    virtual LockFileEntry GetLockDataImpl(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard) override;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/eitem.hxx b/include/svl/eitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..114e451c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/eitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_EITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_EITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/cenumitm.hxx>
+
+
+template<typename EnumT>
+class SAL_DLLPUBLIC_RTTI SfxEnumItem : public SfxEnumItemInterface
+{
+    EnumT m_nValue;
+
+protected:
+    explicit SfxEnumItem(sal_uInt16 const nWhich, EnumT const nValue)
+        : SfxEnumItemInterface(nWhich)
+        , m_nValue(nValue)
+    { }
+
+    SfxEnumItem(const SfxEnumItem &) = default;
+
+public:
+
+    EnumT GetValue() const { return m_nValue; }
+
+    void SetValue(EnumT nTheValue)
+    {
+        assert(GetRefCount() == 0 && "SfxEnumItem::SetValue(): Pooled item");
+        m_nValue = nTheValue;
+    }
+
+    virtual sal_uInt16 GetEnumValue() const override
+    {
+        return static_cast<sal_uInt16>(GetValue());
+    }
+
+    virtual void SetEnumValue(sal_uInt16 nTheValue) override
+    {
+        SetValue(static_cast<EnumT>(nTheValue));
+    }
+
+    virtual bool operator==(SfxPoolItem const & other) const override
+    {
+        return SfxEnumItemInterface::operator==(other) &&
+               m_nValue == static_cast<const SfxEnumItem<EnumT> &>(other).m_nValue;
+    }
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxBoolItem
+    : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    bool m_bValue;
+
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxBoolItem(sal_uInt16 const nWhich = 0, bool const bValue = false)
+        : SfxPoolItem(nWhich)
+        , m_bValue(bValue)
+    { }
+
+    bool GetValue() const { return m_bValue; }
+
+    void SetValue(bool const bTheValue) { m_bValue = bTheValue; }
+
+    // SfxPoolItem
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                 MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 = 0) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8) override;
+
+
+    virtual SfxBoolItem* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    virtual OUString GetValueTextByVal(bool bTheValue) const;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_EITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/filenotation.hxx b/include/svl/filenotation.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d33e442b93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/filenotation.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_FILENOTATION_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_FILENOTATION_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+
+namespace svt
+{
+
+
+    //= OFileNotation
+
+    class SVL_DLLPUBLIC OFileNotation final
+    {
+    public:
+        enum NOTATION
+        {
+            N_SYSTEM,
+            N_URL
+        };
+
+        OFileNotation( const OUString& _rUrlOrPath );
+        OFileNotation( const OUString& _rUrlOrPath, NOTATION _eInputNotation );
+
+        OUString get(NOTATION _eOutputNotation) const;
+
+    private:
+        SVL_DLLPRIVATE void construct( const OUString& _rUrlOrPath );
+        SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool    implInitWithSystemNotation( const OUString& _rSystemPath );
+        SVL_DLLPRIVATE void    implInitWithURLNotation( const OUString& _rURL );
+
+        OUString     m_sSystem;
+        OUString     m_sFileURL;
+    };
+
+
+}   // namespace svt
+
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_FILENOTATION_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/flagitem.hxx b/include/svl/flagitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70b968f2c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/flagitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_FLAGITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_FLAGITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxFlagItem: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_uInt16                   nVal;
+
+public:
+
+    explicit                 SfxFlagItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0, sal_uInt16 nValue = 0 );
+
+    virtual sal_uInt8        GetFlagCount() const;
+
+    virtual bool             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+
+    virtual SfxFlagItem*     Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+    virtual bool GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                  MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                  MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                  OUString & rText,
+                                  const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+            sal_uInt16           GetValue() const { return nVal; }
+            void             SetValue( sal_uInt16 nNewVal ) {
+                                 DBG_ASSERT( GetRefCount() == 0, "SetValue() with pooled item" );
+                                 nVal = nNewVal;
+                             }
+            bool             GetFlag( sal_uInt8 nFlag ) const { return (nVal & ( 1<<nFlag)); }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/fstathelper.hxx b/include/svl/fstathelper.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6e4343f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/fstathelper.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_FSTATHELPER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_FSTATHELPER_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+class Date;
+namespace tools { class Time; }
+
+namespace FStatHelper {
+
+/** Return the modified time and date stamp for this URL.
+
+    @param URL  the asking URL
+
+    @param pDate if unequal 0, the function set the date stamp
+
+    @param pTime if unequal 0, the function set the time stamp
+
+    @return     it was be able to get the date/time stamp
+*/
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool GetModifiedDateTimeOfFile( const OUString& rURL,
+                                    Date* pDate, tools::Time* pTime );
+
+/** Return if under the URL a document exist. This is only a wrapper for the
+    UCB.IsContent.
+*/
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsDocument( const OUString& rURL );
+
+/** Return if under the URL a folder exist. This is only a wrapper for the
+    UCB.isFolder.
+*/
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool IsFolder( const OUString& rURL );
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/globalnameitem.hxx b/include/svl/globalnameitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..edbb562732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/globalnameitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_GLOBALNAMEITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_GLOBALNAMEITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/globname.hxx>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxGlobalNameItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    SvGlobalName            m_aName;
+
+public:
+                            static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+                            SfxGlobalNameItem();
+                            SfxGlobalNameItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SvGlobalName& );
+                            virtual ~SfxGlobalNameItem() override;
+
+    SfxGlobalNameItem(SfxGlobalNameItem const &) = default;
+    SfxGlobalNameItem(SfxGlobalNameItem &&) = default;
+    SfxGlobalNameItem & operator =(SfxGlobalNameItem const &) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+    SfxGlobalNameItem & operator =(SfxGlobalNameItem &&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    virtual bool            operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual SfxGlobalNameItem* Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+    const SvGlobalName&     GetValue() const { return m_aName; }
+
+    virtual bool            PutValue  ( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                        sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+    virtual bool            QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                        sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/grabbagitem.hxx b/include/svl/grabbagitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77a619aec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/grabbagitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_GRABBAGITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_GRABBAGITEM_HXX
+
+#include <map>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Any.hxx>
+
+/// Grab bag item provides a string-any map for keys with untyped values.
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxGrabBagItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+private:
+    std::map<OUString, css::uno::Any> m_aMap;
+
+public:
+    SfxGrabBagItem();
+    SfxGrabBagItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich);
+    ~SfxGrabBagItem() override;
+
+    SfxGrabBagItem(SfxGrabBagItem const&) = default;
+    SfxGrabBagItem(SfxGrabBagItem&&) = default;
+    SfxGrabBagItem& operator=(SfxGrabBagItem const&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+    SfxGrabBagItem& operator=(SfxGrabBagItem&&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    const std::map<OUString, css::uno::Any>& GetGrabBag() const { return m_aMap; }
+
+    std::map<OUString, css::uno::Any>& GetGrabBag() { return m_aMap; }
+
+    bool operator==(const SfxPoolItem& rItem) const override;
+    SfxGrabBagItem* Clone(SfxItemPool* pPool = nullptr) const override;
+
+    bool PutValue(const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId) override;
+    bool QueryValue(css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0) const override;
+};
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/gridprinter.hxx b/include/svl/gridprinter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69d9f50ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/gridprinter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_GRIDPRINTER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_GRIDPRINTER_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace svl
+{
+/**
+ * Print 2-dimensional data in a nice and pleasant fashion.  Useful when
+ * debugging grid layout data.
+ */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC GridPrinter
+{
+    struct Impl;
+    std::unique_ptr<Impl> mpImpl;
+
+public:
+    GridPrinter(size_t nRows, size_t nCols, bool bPrint);
+    ~GridPrinter();
+    void set(size_t nRow, size_t nCol, const OUString& rStr);
+    void print(const char* pHeader) const;
+};
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/hint.hxx b/include/svl/hint.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec0c7b1d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/hint.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_HINT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_HINT_HXX
+
+#include <ostream>
+#include <string>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+/// hint ids, mostly used to avoid dynamic_cast of SfxHint
+enum class SfxHintId {
+    NONE,
+    Dying,
+    NameChanged,
+    TitleChanged,
+    DataChanged,
+    DocChanged,
+    UpdateDone,
+    Deinitializing,
+    ModeChanged,
+    ColorsChanged,
+    LanguageChanged,
+    RedlineChanged,
+    DocumentRepair,
+    SvxViewChanged,
+
+// VCL text hints
+    TextParaInserted,
+    TextParaRemoved,
+    TextParaContentChanged,
+    TextHeightChanged,
+    TextFormatPara,
+    TextFormatted,
+    TextModified,
+    TextProcessNotifications,
+    TextViewScrolled,
+    TextViewSelectionChanged,
+    TextViewCaretChanged,
+
+// BASIC hints
+    BasicDataWanted,
+    BasicDataChanged,
+    BasicInfoWanted,
+    BasicStart,
+    BasicStop,
+
+// SVX edit source
+    EditSourceParasMoved,
+    EditSourceSelectionChanged,
+
+// SC hints
+    ScDataChanged,
+    ScTableOpDirty,
+    ScCalcAll,
+    ScReference,
+    ScDrawLayerNew,
+    ScDbAreasChanged,
+    ScAreaChanged,
+    ScAreasChanged,
+    ScTablesChanged,
+    ScDrawChanged,
+    ScDocNameChanged,
+    ScAreaLinksChanged,
+    ScShowRangeFinder,
+    ScDocSaved,
+    ScForceSetTab,
+    ScNavigatorUpdateAll,
+    ScAnyDataChanged,
+    ScPrintOptions,
+    ScRefModeChanged,
+    ScKillEditView,
+    ScKillEditViewNoPaint,
+    ScHiddenRowsChanged,
+    ScSelectionChanged,
+    ScClearCache,
+
+// SC accessibility hints
+    ScAccTableChanged,
+    ScAccCursorChanged,
+    ScAccVisAreaChanged,
+    ScAccEnterEditMode,
+    ScAccLeaveEditMode,
+    ScAccMakeDrawLayer,
+    ScAccWindowResized,
+
+
+// SFX stylesheet
+    StyleSheetCreated,  // new
+    StyleSheetModified,  // changed
+    StyleSheetChanged,  // erased and re-created (replaced)
+    StyleSheetErased,  // erased
+    StyleSheetInDestruction,  // in the process of being destructed
+
+// STARMATH
+    MathFormatChanged,
+
+// Sw
+    SwDrawViewsCreated,
+    SwSplitNodeOperation,
+    SwSectionFrameMoveAndDelete,
+    SwNavigatorUpdateTracking,
+    SwNavigatorSelectOutlinesWithSelections,
+    SwPreGraphicArrived,
+    SwGraphicPieceArrived,
+    SwLinkedGraphicStreamArrived,
+    SwLegacyModify,
+    SwCollectTextMarks,
+    SwCollectTextTOXMarksForLayout,
+    SwDrawFrameFormat,
+    SwCheckDrawFrameFormatLayer,
+    SwContactChanged,
+    SwDrawFormatLayoutCopy,
+    SwRestoreFlyAnchor,
+    SwCreatePortion,
+    SwCollectTextObjects,
+    SwGetZOrder,
+    SwGetObjectConnected,
+    SwFindSdrObject,
+    SwWW8AnchorConv,
+    SwField,
+    SwFindFormatForField,
+    SwFindFormatForPostItId,
+    SwCollectPostIts,
+    SwHasHiddenInformationNotes,
+    SwGatherNodeIndex,
+    SwGatherRefFields,
+    SwGatherFields,
+    SwNameChanged, // this can possibly be replaced by the generic NameChanged above
+    SwInsertText,
+    SwDeleteText,
+    SwDeleteChar,
+    SwSectionHidden,
+    SwTitleChanged,
+    SwDescriptionChanged,
+    SwDocPosUpdate,
+    SwDocPosUpdateAtIndex,
+    SwTableHeadingChange,
+    SwVirtPageNumHint,
+    SwAutoFormatUsedHint,
+
+    ThisIsAnSdrHint,
+    ThisIsAnSfxEventHint
+};
+
+template< typename charT, typename traits >
+inline std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & operator <<(
+    std::basic_ostream<charT, traits> & stream, const SfxHintId& id )
+{
+    switch(id)
+    {
+    case SfxHintId::NONE: return stream << "NONE";
+    case SfxHintId::Dying: return stream << "Dying";
+    case SfxHintId::NameChanged: return stream << "NameChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::TitleChanged: return stream << "TitleChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::DataChanged: return stream << "DataChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::DocChanged: return stream << "DocChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::UpdateDone: return stream << "UpdateDone";
+    case SfxHintId::Deinitializing: return stream << "Deinitializing";
+    case SfxHintId::ModeChanged: return stream << "ModeChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ColorsChanged: return stream << "ColorsChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::LanguageChanged: return stream << "LanguageChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::RedlineChanged: return stream << "RedlineChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::DocumentRepair: return stream << "DocumentRepair";
+    case SfxHintId::TextParaInserted: return stream << "TextParaInserted";
+    case SfxHintId::TextParaRemoved: return stream << "TextParaRemoved";
+    case SfxHintId::TextParaContentChanged: return stream << "TextParaContentChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::TextHeightChanged: return stream << "TextHeightChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::TextFormatPara: return stream << "TextFormatPara";
+    case SfxHintId::TextFormatted: return stream << "TextFormatted";
+    case SfxHintId::TextModified: return stream << "TextModified";
+    case SfxHintId::TextProcessNotifications: return stream << "TextProcessNotifications";
+    case SfxHintId::TextViewScrolled: return stream << "TextViewScrolled";
+    case SfxHintId::TextViewSelectionChanged: return stream << "TextViewSelectionChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::TextViewCaretChanged: return stream << "TextViewCaretChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::BasicDataWanted: return stream << "BasicDataWanted";
+    case SfxHintId::BasicDataChanged: return stream << "BasicDataChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::BasicInfoWanted: return stream << "BasicInfoWanted";
+    case SfxHintId::BasicStart: return stream << "BasicStart";
+    case SfxHintId::BasicStop: return stream << "BasicStop";
+    case SfxHintId::EditSourceParasMoved: return stream << "EditSourceParasMoved";
+    case SfxHintId::EditSourceSelectionChanged: return stream << "EditSourceSelectionChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScDataChanged: return stream << "ScDataChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScTableOpDirty: return stream << "ScTableOpDirty";
+    case SfxHintId::ScCalcAll: return stream << "ScCalcAll";
+    case SfxHintId::ScReference: return stream << "ScReference";
+    case SfxHintId::ScDrawLayerNew: return stream << "ScDrawLayerNew";
+    case SfxHintId::ScDbAreasChanged: return stream << "ScDbAreasChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAreaChanged: return stream << "ScAreaChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAreasChanged: return stream << "ScAreasChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScTablesChanged: return stream << "ScTablesChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScDrawChanged: return stream << "ScDrawChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScDocNameChanged: return stream << "ScDocNameChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAreaLinksChanged: return stream << "ScAreaLinksChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScShowRangeFinder: return stream << "ScShowRangeFinder";
+    case SfxHintId::ScDocSaved: return stream << "ScDocSaved";
+    case SfxHintId::ScForceSetTab: return stream << "ScForceSetTab";
+    case SfxHintId::ScNavigatorUpdateAll: return stream << "ScNavigatorUpdateAll";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAnyDataChanged: return stream << "ScAnyDataChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScPrintOptions: return stream << "ScPrintOptions";
+    case SfxHintId::ScRefModeChanged: return stream << "ScRefModeChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScKillEditView: return stream << "ScKillEditView";
+    case SfxHintId::ScKillEditViewNoPaint: return stream << "ScKillEditViewNoPaint";
+    case SfxHintId::ScHiddenRowsChanged: return stream << "ScHiddenRowsChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScSelectionChanged: return stream << "ScSelectionChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScClearCache: return stream << "ScClearCache";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccTableChanged: return stream << "ScAccTableChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccCursorChanged: return stream << "ScAccCursorChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccVisAreaChanged: return stream << "ScAccVisAreaChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccEnterEditMode: return stream << "ScAccEnterEditMode";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccLeaveEditMode: return stream << "ScAccLeaveEditMode";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccMakeDrawLayer: return stream << "ScAccMakeDrawLayer";
+    case SfxHintId::ScAccWindowResized: return stream << "ScAccWindowResized";
+    case SfxHintId::StyleSheetCreated: return stream << "StyleSheetCreated";
+    case SfxHintId::StyleSheetModified: return stream << "StyleSheetModified";
+    case SfxHintId::StyleSheetChanged: return stream << "StyleSheetChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::StyleSheetErased: return stream << "StyleSheetErased";
+    case SfxHintId::StyleSheetInDestruction: return stream << "StyleSheetInDestruction";
+    case SfxHintId::MathFormatChanged: return stream << "MathFormatChanged";
+    case SfxHintId::SwDrawViewsCreated: return stream << "SwDrawViewsCreated";
+    case SfxHintId::SwSplitNodeOperation: return stream << "SwSplitNodeOperation";
+    case SfxHintId::SwSectionFrameMoveAndDelete: return stream << "SwSectionFrameMoveAndDelete";
+    case SfxHintId::SwNavigatorUpdateTracking: return stream << "SwNavigatorUpdateTracking";
+    case SfxHintId::SwNavigatorSelectOutlinesWithSelections:
+        return stream << "SwNavigatorSelectOutlinesWithSelections";
+    case SfxHintId::SwCollectTextMarks: return stream << "SwCollectTextMarks";
+    case SfxHintId::SwCollectTextTOXMarksForLayout: return stream << "SwCollectTextTOXMarksForLayout";
+    case SfxHintId::ThisIsAnSdrHint: return stream << "SdrHint";
+    default: return stream << "unk(" << std::to_string(int(id)) << ")";
+    }
+}
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxHint
+{
+private:
+    SfxHintId mnId;
+public:
+    SfxHint() : mnId(SfxHintId::NONE) {}
+    explicit SfxHint( SfxHintId nId ) : mnId(nId) {}
+    virtual ~SfxHint() {};
+
+    SfxHint(SfxHint const &) = default;
+    SfxHint(SfxHint &&) = default;
+    SfxHint & operator =(SfxHint const &) = default;
+    SfxHint & operator =(SfxHint &&) = default;
+
+    SfxHintId GetId() const { return mnId; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/ilstitem.hxx b/include/svl/ilstitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb49d18c9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/ilstitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ILSTITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ILSTITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::uno { template <class E> class Sequence; }
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxIntegerListItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    std::vector < sal_Int32 > m_aList;
+
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+    SfxIntegerListItem();
+    SfxIntegerListItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, std::vector < sal_Int32 >&& rList );
+    SfxIntegerListItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, const css::uno::Sequence < sal_Int32 >& rList );
+    virtual ~SfxIntegerListItem() override;
+
+    SfxIntegerListItem(SfxIntegerListItem const &) = default;
+    SfxIntegerListItem(SfxIntegerListItem &&) = default;
+    SfxIntegerListItem & operator =(SfxIntegerListItem const &) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+    SfxIntegerListItem & operator =(SfxIntegerListItem &&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    const std::vector< sal_Int32 >& GetList() const { return m_aList; }
+
+    virtual bool            operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual SfxIntegerListItem* Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+    virtual bool            PutValue  ( const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+    virtual bool            QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_ILSTITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/imageitm.hxx b/include/svl/imageitm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f06eb7fd69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/imageitm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_IMAGEITM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_IMAGEITM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/intitem.hxx>
+#include <tools/degree.hxx>
+
+struct SfxImageItem_Impl;
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxImageItem final : public SfxInt16Item
+{
+public:
+                            static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+                            SfxImageItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0 );
+                            SfxImageItem( const SfxImageItem& );
+    virtual                 ~SfxImageItem() override;
+
+    virtual SfxImageItem*   Clone( SfxItemPool* pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+    virtual bool            operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual bool            QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+    virtual bool            PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+
+    void                    SetRotation( Degree10 nValue ) { mnAngle = nValue; }
+    Degree10                GetRotation() const { return mnAngle; }
+    void                    SetMirrored( bool bSet ) { mbMirrored = bSet; }
+    bool                    IsMirrored() const { return mbMirrored; }
+
+private:
+    OUString    maURL;
+    Degree10    mnAngle;
+    bool        mbMirrored;
+};
+
+#endif // _SFX_IMAGEITM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/inethist.hxx b/include/svl/inethist.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f88fd84ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/inethist.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_INETHIST_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_INETHIST_HXX
+
+#include <svl/SfxBroadcaster.hxx>
+#include <svl/hint.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+class INetURLHistory_Impl;
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC INetURLHistory final : public SfxBroadcaster
+{
+    /** Representation.
+    */
+    std::unique_ptr<INetURLHistory_Impl> m_pImpl;
+
+    /** Construction/Destruction.
+    */
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE INetURLHistory();
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE virtual ~INetURLHistory() override;
+
+    /** Implementation.
+    */
+    SAL_DLLPRIVATE static void NormalizeUrl_Impl (INetURLObject &rUrl);
+
+    void PutUrl_Impl   (const INetURLObject &rUrl);
+    bool QueryUrl_Impl (INetURLObject rUrl) const;
+
+    /** Not implemented.
+    */
+    INetURLHistory (const INetURLHistory&) = delete;
+    INetURLHistory& operator= (const INetURLHistory&) = delete;
+
+public:
+    /** GetOrCreate.
+    */
+    static INetURLHistory* GetOrCreate();
+
+    /** QueryProtocol.
+    */
+    bool QueryProtocol (INetProtocol eProto) const
+    {
+        return ((eProto == INetProtocol::File ) ||
+                (eProto == INetProtocol::Ftp  ) ||
+                (eProto == INetProtocol::Http ) ||
+                (eProto == INetProtocol::Https)    );
+    }
+
+    /** QueryUrl.
+    */
+    bool QueryUrl (const INetURLObject &rUrl) const
+    {
+        if (QueryProtocol (rUrl.GetProtocol()))
+            return QueryUrl_Impl (rUrl);
+        else
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    bool QueryUrl (std::u16string_view rUrl) const;
+
+    /** PutUrl.
+    */
+    void PutUrl (const INetURLObject &rUrl)
+    {
+        if (QueryProtocol (rUrl.GetProtocol()))
+            PutUrl_Impl (rUrl);
+    }
+};
+
+// broadcasted from PutUrl().
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC INetURLHistoryHint final : public SfxHint
+{
+    const INetURLObject* pObj;
+public:
+    explicit INetURLHistoryHint( const INetURLObject* Object ) : pObj(Object) {}
+    const INetURLObject* GetObject() const { return pObj; }
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_INETHIST_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/inettype.hxx b/include/svl/inettype.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0ecc300ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/inettype.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_INETTYPE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_INETTYPE_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/inetmime.hxx>
+
+/** Definitions for frequently used media type names.
+ */
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_OCTSTREAM = u"application/octet-stream"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_PDF = u"application/pdf"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_RTF = u"application/rtf"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_CALC = u"application/vnd.stardivision.calc"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_CHART
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.chart"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_DRAW = u"application/vnd.stardivision.draw"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_IMAGE
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.image"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_IMPRESSPACKED
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.impress-packed"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_IMPRESS
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.impress"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_MAIL = u"application/vnd.stardivision.mail"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_MATH = u"application/vnd.stardivision.math"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_NEWS = u"application/vnd.stardivision.news"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_OUTTRAY
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.outtray"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_TEMPLATE
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.template"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_WRITER_GLOBAL
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.writer-global"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_WRITER_WEB
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.writer-web"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_WRITER
+    = u"application/vnd.stardivision.writer"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_FRAMESET = u"application/x-frameset"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_GALLERY_THEME = u"application/x-gallery-theme"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_GALLERY = u"application/x-gallery"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_JAR = u"application/x-jar"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MACRO = u"application/x-macro"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MSEXCEL_TEMPL
+    = u"application/x-msexcel-template"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MSEXCEL = u"application/x-msexcel"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MSPPOINT_TEMPL
+    = u"application/x-mspowerpoint-template"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MSPPOINT = u"application/x-mspowerpoint"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MSWORD_TEMPL = u"application/x-msword-template"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_MSWORD = u"application/x-msword"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARCALC = u"application/x-starcalc"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARCHART = u"application/x-starchart;"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARDRAW = u"application/x-stardraw"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARHELP = u"application/x-starhelp"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARIMAGE = u"application/x-starimage"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARIMPRESS = u"application/x-starimpress"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARMAIL_SDM = u"application/x-starmail-sdm"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARMAIL_SMD = u"application/x-starmail-smd"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARMATH = u"application/x-starmath"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARWRITER_GLOB
+    = u"application/x-starwriter-global"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_STARWRITER = u"application/x-starwriter"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_CDE_CALENDAR_APP = u"application/x-sun-ae-file"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_ZIP = u"application/x-zip-compressed"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_AUDIO_AIFF = u"audio/aiff"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_AUDIO_BASIC = u"audio/basic"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_AUDIO_MIDI = u"audio/midi"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_AUDIO_VORBIS = u"audio/vorbis"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_AUDIO_WAV = u"audio/wav"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_AUDIO_WEBM = u"audio/webm"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_X_CNT_FSYSBOX = u".chaos/fsys-box"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_X_CNT_FSYSFOLDER = u".chaos/fsys-folder"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_X_CNT_FSYSSPECIALFOLDER
+    = u".chaos/fsys-special-folder"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_GENERIC = u"image/generic"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_GIF = u"image/gif"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_JPEG = u"image/jpeg"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_PCX = u"image/pcx"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_PNG = u"image/png"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_TIFF = u"image/tiff"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_IMAGE_BMP = u"image/x-MS-bmp"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_INET_MSG_RFC822 = u"message/rfc822"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_INET_MULTI_ALTERNATIVE = u"multipart/alternative"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_INET_MULTI_DIGEST = u"multipart/digest"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_INET_MULTI_MIXED = u"multipart/mixed"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_INET_MULTI_PARALLEL = u"multipart/parallel"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_INET_MULTI_RELATED = u"multipart/related"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_ICALENDAR = u"text/calendar"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_HTML = u"text/html"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_PLAIN = u"text/plain"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_XMLICALENDAR = u"text/x-icalxml"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_URL = u"text/x-url"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_VCALENDAR = u"text/x-vCalendar"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_TEXT_VCARD = u"text/x-vCard"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_VIDEO_MSVIDEO = u"video/x-msvideo"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_VIDEO_THEORA = u"video/theora"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_VIDEO_VDO = u"video/vdo"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_VIDEO_WEBM = u"audio/webm"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_X_STARMAIL = u"x-starmail"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_X_VRML = u"x-world/x-vrml"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_WRITER
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.writer"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_CALC
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.calc"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_IMPRESS
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.impress"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_DRAW
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.draw"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_CHART
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.chart"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_MATH
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.math"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_WRITER_GLOBAL
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.writer-global"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString CONTENT_TYPE_STR_APP_VND_SUN_XML_IMPRESSPACKED
+    = u"application/vnd.sun.xml.impress-packed"_ustr;
+
+/** Definitions for matching parts of URIs.
+ */
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_DATA "data"
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_FILE "file"
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_HTTP "http"
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_HTTPS "https"
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_MACRO "macro"
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_MAILTO "mailto"
+#define INETTYPE_URL_PROT_PRIVATE "private"
+
+enum INetContentType
+{
+    CONTENT_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_OCTSTREAM,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_PDF,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_RTF,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MSWORD,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MSWORD_TEMPL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARCALC,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARCHART,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARDRAW,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARHELP,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARIMAGE,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARIMPRESS,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARMATH,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARWRITER,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_ZIP,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_AUDIO_AIFF,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_AUDIO_BASIC,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_AUDIO_MIDI,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_AUDIO_VORBIS,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_AUDIO_WAV,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_AUDIO_WEBM,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_GIF,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_JPEG,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_PCX,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_PNG,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_TIFF,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_BMP,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_WEBP,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_HTML,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_PLAIN,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_URL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_VCARD,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO_MSVIDEO,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO_THEORA,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO_VDO,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO_WEBM,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_X_CNT_FSYSBOX,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_X_CNT_FSYSFOLDER,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_X_STARMAIL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_X_VRML,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_GALLERY,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_GALLERY_THEME,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARWRITER_GLOB,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARMAIL_SDM,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_STARMAIL_SMD,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_CALC,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_CHART,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_DRAW,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_IMAGE,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_IMPRESS,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_MAIL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_MATH,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_WRITER,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_WRITER_GLOBAL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_WRITER_WEB,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_FRAMESET,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MACRO,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_X_CNT_FSYSSPECIALFOLDER,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_TEMPLATE,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_GENERIC,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_NEWS,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_OUTTRAY,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MSEXCEL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MSEXCEL_TEMPL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MSPPOINT,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_MSPPOINT_TEMPL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_VCALENDAR,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_ICALENDAR,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_XMLICALENDAR,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_CDE_CALENDAR_APP,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_INET_MESSAGE_RFC822,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_INET_MULTIPART_ALTERNATIVE,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_INET_MULTIPART_DIGEST,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_INET_MULTIPART_PARALLEL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_INET_MULTIPART_RELATED,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_INET_MULTIPART_MIXED,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_IMPRESSPACKED,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_JAR,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_WRITER,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_CALC,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_IMPRESS,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_DRAW,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_CHART,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_MATH,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_WRITER_GLOBAL,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_IMPRESSPACKED,
+    CONTENT_TYPE_LAST = CONTENT_TYPE_APP_VND_SUN_XML_IMPRESSPACKED
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC INetContentTypes
+{
+public:
+    static INetContentType GetContentType(OUString const& rTypeName);
+
+    static OUString GetContentType(INetContentType eTypeID);
+
+    static INetContentType GetContentType4Extension(OUString const& rExtension);
+
+    static INetContentType GetContentTypeFromURL(std::u16string_view aURL);
+
+    static bool GetExtensionFromURL(std::u16string_view rURL, OUString& rExtension);
+
+    static bool parse(OUString const& rMediaType, OUString& rType, OUString& rSubType,
+                      INetContentTypeParameterList* pParameters = nullptr);
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_INETTYPE_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/instrm.hxx b/include/svl/instrm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66f30a107a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/instrm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_INSTRM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_INSTRM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.h>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::io {
+    class XInputStream;
+    class XSeekable;
+}
+
+class SvDataPipe_Impl;
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvInputStream final : public SvStream
+{
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XInputStream >   m_xStream;
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XSeekable >      m_xSeekable;
+    std::unique_ptr<SvDataPipe_Impl>               m_pPipe;
+    sal_uInt64                                     m_nSeekedFrom;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool open();
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual std::size_t GetData(void * pData, std::size_t nSize) override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual std::size_t PutData(void const *, std::size_t) override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual sal_uInt64 SeekPos(sal_uInt64 nPos) override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual void FlushData() override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual void SetSize(sal_uInt64) override;
+
+public:
+    SvInputStream( css::uno::Reference< css::io::XInputStream > xTheStream );
+
+    virtual ~SvInputStream() override;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_INSTRM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/int64item.hxx b/include/svl/int64item.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70a502c645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/int64item.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_INT64ITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_INT64ITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxInt64Item final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_Int64 mnValue;
+
+public:
+    SfxInt64Item( sal_uInt16 nWhich, sal_Int64 nVal );
+
+    virtual ~SfxInt64Item() override;
+
+    SfxInt64Item(SfxInt64Item const &) = default;
+    SfxInt64Item(SfxInt64Item &&) = default;
+    SfxInt64Item & operator =(SfxInt64Item const &) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem;
+    SfxInt64Item & operator =(SfxInt64Item &&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    virtual bool operator== ( const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(
+        SfxItemPresentation, MapUnit, MapUnit,
+        OUString& rText, const IntlWrapper& rIntlWrapper ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue(
+        css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue(
+        const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+
+    virtual SfxInt64Item* Clone( SfxItemPool* pOther = nullptr ) const override;
+
+    sal_Int64 GetValue() const { return mnValue;}
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/intitem.hxx b/include/svl/intitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92999568b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/intitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_INTITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_INTITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/cintitem.hxx>
+#include <boost/property_tree/ptree_fwd.hpp>
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxByteItem: public CntByteItem
+{
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxByteItem(sal_uInt16 which = 0, sal_uInt8 nValue = 0):
+        CntByteItem(which, nValue) {}
+
+    virtual SfxByteItem* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override
+    { return new SfxByteItem(*this); }
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxInt16Item: public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    sal_Int16 m_nValue;
+
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxInt16Item(sal_uInt16 which = 0, sal_Int16 nTheValue = 0):
+        SfxPoolItem(which), m_nValue(nTheValue)
+    {}
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation,
+                                                MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                                OUString & rText,
+                                                const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual boost::property_tree::ptree dumpAsJSON() const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                             sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                           sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+
+    virtual SfxInt16Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    sal_Int16 GetValue() const { return m_nValue; }
+
+    inline void SetValue(sal_Int16 nTheValue);
+};
+
+inline void SfxInt16Item::SetValue(sal_Int16 nTheValue)
+{
+    DBG_ASSERT(GetRefCount() == 0, "SfxInt16Item::SetValue(); Pooled item");
+    m_nValue = nTheValue;
+}
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUInt16Item: public CntUInt16Item
+{
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxUInt16Item(sal_uInt16 which = 0, sal_uInt16 nValue = 0):
+        CntUInt16Item(which, nValue) {}
+
+    virtual SfxUInt16Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override
+    { return new SfxUInt16Item(*this); }
+
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+    virtual boost::property_tree::ptree dumpAsJSON() const override;
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxInt32Item: public CntInt32Item
+{
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxInt32Item(sal_uInt16 which = 0, sal_Int32 nValue = 0):
+        CntInt32Item(which, nValue) {}
+
+    virtual SfxInt32Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override
+    { return new SfxInt32Item(*this); }
+
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+    virtual boost::property_tree::ptree dumpAsJSON() const override;
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUInt32Item: public CntUInt32Item
+{
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxUInt32Item(sal_uInt16 which = 0, sal_uInt32 nValue = 0):
+        CntUInt32Item(which, nValue) {}
+
+    virtual SfxUInt32Item* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override
+    { return new SfxUInt32Item(*this); }
+
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+    virtual boost::property_tree::ptree dumpAsJSON() const override;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_INTITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/itemiter.hxx b/include/svl/itemiter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13cf14b610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/itemiter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ITEMITER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ITEMITER_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/itemset.hxx>
+
+class SfxPoolItem;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxItemIter
+{
+    const SfxItemSet& m_rSet;
+    sal_uInt16 m_nStart;
+    sal_uInt16 m_nEnd;
+    sal_uInt16 m_nCurrent;
+
+public:
+    SfxItemIter(const SfxItemSet& rSet);
+
+    /// get item, or null if no items
+    const SfxPoolItem* GetCurItem() const
+    {
+        return m_rSet.m_nCount ? *(m_rSet.m_ppItems + m_nCurrent) : nullptr;
+    }
+    const SfxPoolItem* NextItem() { return (m_nCurrent < m_nEnd) ? ImplNextItem() : nullptr; }
+
+    bool IsAtEnd() const { return m_nCurrent == m_nEnd; }
+
+    sal_uInt16 GetCurPos() const { return m_nCurrent; }
+    sal_uInt16 GetFirstPos() const { return m_nStart; }
+    sal_uInt16 GetLastPos() const { return m_nEnd; }
+
+    SfxItemState GetItemState(bool bSrchInParent = true,
+                              const SfxPoolItem** ppItem = nullptr) const;
+    void ClearItem();
+
+private:
+    const SfxPoolItem* ImplNextItem();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/itempool.hxx b/include/svl/itempool.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5949f1700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/itempool.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <rtl/ref.hxx>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/typedwhich.hxx>
+#include <svl/whichranges.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+#include <unordered_set>
+#include <o3tl/sorted_vector.hxx>
+#include <salhelper/simplereferenceobject.hxx>
+
+class SfxBroadcaster;
+struct SfxItemPool_Impl;
+
+struct SfxItemInfo
+{
+    // Defines a mapping between WhichID <-> SlotID
+    sal_uInt16       _nSID;
+
+    // Defines if this Item needs to be registered at the pool
+    // to make it accessible for the GetItemSurrogates call. It
+    // will not be included when this flag is not set, but also
+    // needs no registration. There are SAL_INFO calls in the
+    // GetItemSurrogates impl that will mention that
+    bool             _bNeedsPoolRegistration : 1;
+
+    // Defines if the Item can be shared/RefCounted else it will be cloned.
+    // Default is true - as it should be for all Items. It is needed by some
+    // SW items, so protected to let them set it in constructor. If this could
+    // be fixed at that Items we may remove this again.
+    bool             _bShareable : 1;
+};
+
+class SfxItemPool;
+typedef std::unordered_set<const SfxPoolItem*> registeredSfxPoolItems;
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getAllDirectlyPooledSfxPoolItemCount();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getRemainingDirectlyPooledSfxPoolItemCount();
+#endif
+
+/** Base class for providers of defaults of SfxPoolItems.
+ *
+ * The derived classes hold the concrete (const) instances which are referenced in several places
+ * (usually within a single document).
+ * This helps to lower the amount of calls to lifecycle methods, speeds up comparisons within a document
+ * and facilitates loading and saving of attributes.
+ */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxItemPool : public salhelper::SimpleReferenceObject
+{
+    friend struct SfxItemPool_Impl;
+    friend class SfxItemSet;
+    friend class SfxAllItemSet;
+
+    // allow ItemSetTooling to access
+    friend SfxPoolItem const* implCreateItemEntry(SfxItemPool&, SfxPoolItem const*, sal_uInt16, bool);
+    friend void implCleanupItemEntry(SfxItemPool&, SfxPoolItem const*);
+
+    // unit testing
+    friend class PoolItemTest;
+
+    const SfxItemInfo*              pItemInfos;
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxItemPool_Impl>               pImpl;
+
+    registeredSfxPoolItems** ppRegisteredSfxPoolItems;
+
+private:
+    sal_uInt16                      GetIndex_Impl(sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+    sal_uInt16                      GetSize_Impl() const;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool             NeedsPoolRegistration_Impl(sal_uInt16 nPos) const
+    { return pItemInfos[nPos]._bNeedsPoolRegistration; }
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool             Shareable_Impl(sal_uInt16 nPos) const
+    { return pItemInfos[nPos]._bShareable; }
+
+public:
+    // for default SfxItemSet::CTOR, set default WhichRanges
+    void                            FillItemIdRanges_Impl( WhichRangesContainer& pWhichRanges ) const;
+    const WhichRangesContainer &    GetFrozenIdRanges() const;
+
+protected:
+    static inline void              ClearRefCount(SfxPoolItem& rItem);
+    static inline void              AddRef(const SfxPoolItem& rItem);
+    static inline sal_uInt32        ReleaseRef(const SfxPoolItem& rItem, sal_uInt32 n = 1);
+
+public:
+                                    SfxItemPool( const SfxItemPool &rPool,
+                                                 bool bCloneStaticDefaults = false );
+                                    SfxItemPool( const OUString &rName,
+                                                 sal_uInt16 nStart, sal_uInt16 nEnd,
+                                                 const SfxItemInfo *pItemInfos,
+                                                 std::vector<SfxPoolItem*> *pDefaults = nullptr );
+
+public:
+    virtual                         ~SfxItemPool();
+
+    SfxBroadcaster&                 BC();
+
+    void                            SetPoolDefaultItem( const SfxPoolItem& );
+
+    const SfxPoolItem*              GetPoolDefaultItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
+    template<class T> const T*      GetPoolDefaultItem( TypedWhichId<T> nWhich ) const
+    { return static_cast<const T*>(GetPoolDefaultItem(sal_uInt16(nWhich))); }
+
+    void                            ResetPoolDefaultItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich );
+
+    void                            SetDefaults(std::vector<SfxPoolItem*>* pDefaults);
+    void                            ClearDefaults();
+    void                            ReleaseDefaults( bool bDelete = false );
+    static void                     ReleaseDefaults( std::vector<SfxPoolItem*> *pDefaults, bool bDelete = false );
+
+    virtual MapUnit                 GetMetric( sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
+    void                            SetDefaultMetric( MapUnit eNewMetric );
+    MapUnit                         GetDefaultMetric() const;
+
+    /** Request string representation of pool items.
+
+        This virtual function produces a string representation
+        from the respective SfxItemPool subclass' known SfxPoolItems.
+
+        Subclasses, please override this method, and handle
+        SfxPoolItems that don't return useful/complete information on
+        SfxPoolItem::GetPresentation()
+
+        This baseclass yields the unmodified string representation of
+        rItem.
+
+        @param[in] rItem
+        SfxPoolItem to query the string representation of
+
+        @param[in] ePresent
+        requested kind of representation - see SfxItemPresentation
+
+        @param[in] eMetric
+        requested unit of measure of the representation
+
+        @param[out] rText
+        string representation of 'rItem'
+
+        @return true if it has a valid string representation
+    */
+    virtual bool                    GetPresentation( const SfxPoolItem& rItem,
+                                                     MapUnit ePresentationMetric,
+                                                     OUString& rText,
+                                                     const IntlWrapper& rIntlWrapper ) const;
+    virtual rtl::Reference<SfxItemPool> Clone() const;
+    const OUString&                 GetName() const;
+
+    template<class T> const T&      DirectPutItemInPool( std::unique_ptr<T> xItem, sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0 )
+    { return static_cast<const T&>(DirectPutItemInPoolImpl( *xItem.release(), nWhich, /*bPassingOwnership*/true)); }
+    template<class T> const T&      DirectPutItemInPool( const T& rItem, sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0 )
+    { return static_cast<const T&>(DirectPutItemInPoolImpl( rItem, nWhich, /*bPassingOwnership*/false)); }
+    void                            DirectRemoveItemFromPool( const SfxPoolItem& );
+
+    const SfxPoolItem&              GetDefaultItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
+    template<class T> const T&      GetDefaultItem( TypedWhichId<T> nWhich ) const
+    { return static_cast<const T&>(GetDefaultItem(sal_uInt16(nWhich))); }
+
+    struct Item2Range
+    {
+        o3tl::sorted_vector<SfxPoolItem*>::const_iterator m_begin;
+        o3tl::sorted_vector<SfxPoolItem*>::const_iterator m_end;
+        o3tl::sorted_vector<SfxPoolItem*>::const_iterator const & begin() const { return m_begin; }
+        o3tl::sorted_vector<SfxPoolItem*>::const_iterator const & end() const { return m_end; }
+    };
+    const SfxPoolItem *             GetItem2Default(sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+    template<class T> const T*      GetItem2Default( TypedWhichId<T> nWhich ) const
+    { return static_cast<const T*>(GetItem2Default(sal_uInt16(nWhich))); }
+
+    const registeredSfxPoolItems&   GetItemSurrogates(sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+    /*
+        This is only valid for SfxPoolItem that override IsSortable and operator<.
+        Returns a range of items defined by using operator<.
+        @param rNeedle must be the same type or a supertype of the pool items for nWhich.
+    */
+    std::vector<const SfxPoolItem*> FindItemSurrogate(sal_uInt16 nWhich, SfxPoolItem const & rNeedle) const;
+
+    sal_uInt16                      GetFirstWhich() const;
+    sal_uInt16                      GetLastWhich() const;
+    bool                            IsInRange( sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
+    void                            SetSecondaryPool( SfxItemPool *pPool );
+    SfxItemPool*                    GetSecondaryPool() const;
+    /* get the last pool by following the GetSecondaryPool chain */
+    SfxItemPool*                    GetLastPoolInChain();
+    SfxItemPool*                    GetMasterPool() const;
+    void                            FreezeIdRanges();
+
+    void                            Delete();
+
+    bool                            NeedsPoolRegistration(sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+    bool                            NeedsPoolRegistration(const SfxPoolItem &rItem) const
+                                    { return NeedsPoolRegistration(rItem.Which()); }
+
+    bool                            Shareable(sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+    bool                            Shareable(const SfxPoolItem &rItem) const
+                                    { return Shareable(rItem.Which()); }
+
+    void                            SetItemInfos( const SfxItemInfo *pInfos );
+    sal_uInt16                      GetWhich( sal_uInt16 nSlot, bool bDeep = true ) const;
+    template<class T>
+    TypedWhichId<T>                 GetWhich( TypedWhichId<T> nSlot, bool bDeep = true ) const
+    { return TypedWhichId<T>(GetWhich(sal_uInt16(nSlot), bDeep)); }
+    sal_uInt16                      GetSlotId( sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
+    sal_uInt16                      GetTrueWhich( sal_uInt16 nSlot, bool bDeep = true ) const;
+    sal_uInt16                      GetTrueSlotId( sal_uInt16 nWhich ) const;
+
+    static bool                     IsWhich(sal_uInt16 nId) {
+                                        return nId && nId <= SFX_WHICH_MAX; }
+    static bool                     IsSlot(sal_uInt16 nId) {
+                                        return nId && nId > SFX_WHICH_MAX; }
+
+    // This method will try to register the Item at this Pool.
+    void registerSfxPoolItem(const SfxPoolItem& rItem);
+
+    // this method will unregister an Item from this Pool
+    void unregisterSfxPoolItem(const SfxPoolItem& rItem);
+
+    // check if this Item is registered at this Pool, needed to detect
+    // if an Item is to be set at another Pool and needs to be cloned
+    bool isSfxPoolItemRegisteredAtThisPool(const SfxPoolItem& rItem) const;
+
+    // try to find an equal existing Item to given one in pool
+    const SfxPoolItem* tryToGetEqualItem(const SfxPoolItem& rItem, sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+
+    void                            dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const;
+
+protected:
+    const SfxPoolItem&      DirectPutItemInPoolImpl( const SfxPoolItem&, sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0, bool bPassingOwnership = false );
+    virtual void newItem_Callback(const SfxPoolItem& rItem) const;
+    virtual bool newItem_UseDirect(const SfxPoolItem& rItem) const;
+
+private:
+    const SfxItemPool&              operator=(const SfxItemPool &) = delete;
+
+     //IDs below or equal are Which IDs, IDs above slot IDs
+    static const sal_uInt16         SFX_WHICH_MAX = 4999;
+};
+
+// only the pool may manipulate the reference counts
+inline void SfxItemPool::ClearRefCount(SfxPoolItem& rItem)
+{
+    rItem.SetRefCount(0);
+}
+
+// only the pool may manipulate the reference counts
+inline void SfxItemPool::AddRef(const SfxPoolItem& rItem)
+{
+    rItem.AddRef();
+}
+
+// only the pool may manipulate the reference counts
+inline sal_uInt32 SfxItemPool::ReleaseRef(const SfxPoolItem& rItem, sal_uInt32 n)
+{
+    return rItem.ReleaseRef(n);
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/itemprop.hxx b/include/svl/itemprop.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..219b04e69a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/itemprop.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ITEMPROP_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ITEMPROP_HXX
+
+#include <com/sun/star/beans/XPropertySetInfo.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/beans/PropertyState.hpp>
+#include <comphelper/propertysetinfo.hxx>
+#include <cppuhelper/implbase.hxx>
+#include <svl/itemset.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <o3tl/sorted_vector.hxx>
+#include <span>
+#include <string_view>
+#include <utility>
+
+// values from com/sun/star/beans/PropertyAttribute
+#define PROPERTY_NONE 0
+
+/// map a property between beans::XPropertySet and SfxPoolItem
+struct SfxItemPropertyMapEntry
+{
+    OUString                            aName; ///< name of property
+    css::uno::Type                      aType; ///< UNO type of property
+    sal_uInt16                          nWID;  ///< WhichId of SfxPoolItem
+    /// flag bitmap, @see css::beans::PropertyAttribute
+    sal_Int16                           nFlags;
+    /// "member ID" to tell QueryValue/PutValue which property it is
+    /// (when multiple properties map to the same nWID)
+    sal_uInt8                           nMemberId;
+    PropertyMoreFlags                   nMoreFlags;
+
+    SfxItemPropertyMapEntry(OUString _aName, sal_uInt16 _nWID, css::uno::Type const & _rType,
+                               sal_Int16 _nFlags, sal_uInt8 const _nMemberId, PropertyMoreFlags _nMoreFlags = PropertyMoreFlags::NONE)
+        : aName(std::move( _aName ))
+        , aType(     _rType )
+        , nWID(      _nWID )
+        , nFlags(    _nFlags )
+        , nMemberId( _nMemberId )
+        , nMoreFlags( _nMoreFlags )
+        {
+            assert(_nFlags <= 0x1ff );
+            assert( (_nMemberId & 0x40) == 0 );
+            // Verify that if METRIC_ITEM is set, we are one of the types supported by
+            // SvxUnoConvertToMM.
+            assert(!(_nMoreFlags & PropertyMoreFlags::METRIC_ITEM) ||
+                ( (aType.getTypeClass() == css::uno::TypeClass_BYTE)
+                  || (aType.getTypeClass() == css::uno::TypeClass_SHORT)
+                  || (aType.getTypeClass() == css::uno::TypeClass_UNSIGNED_SHORT)
+                  || (aType.getTypeClass() == css::uno::TypeClass_LONG)
+                  || (aType.getTypeClass() == css::uno::TypeClass_UNSIGNED_LONG)
+                ) );
+        }
+};
+
+struct SfxItemPropertyMapCompare
+{
+    bool operator() ( const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry * lhs, const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry * rhs ) const
+    {
+        return lhs->aName < rhs->aName;
+    }
+};
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxItemPropertyMap
+{
+    o3tl::sorted_vector< const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry*, SfxItemPropertyMapCompare > m_aMap;
+    mutable css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::Property > m_aPropSeq;
+public:
+    SfxItemPropertyMap( std::span<const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry> pEntries );
+    SfxItemPropertyMap( const SfxItemPropertyMap& rSource );
+    ~SfxItemPropertyMap();
+
+    const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry* getByName( std::u16string_view rName ) const;
+    css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::Property > const & getProperties() const;
+    /// @throws css::beans::UnknownPropertyException
+    css::beans::Property getPropertyByName( const OUString & rName ) const;
+    bool hasPropertyByName( std::u16string_view rName ) const;
+
+    const o3tl::sorted_vector< const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry*, SfxItemPropertyMapCompare >& getPropertyEntries() const { return m_aMap; }
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxItemPropertySet final
+{
+    SfxItemPropertyMap                                        m_aMap;
+    mutable css::uno::Reference<css::beans::XPropertySetInfo> m_xInfo;
+
+public:
+                            SfxItemPropertySet( std::span<const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry> pMap ) :
+                                m_aMap(pMap) {}
+                            ~SfxItemPropertySet();
+
+    /// @throws css::uno::RuntimeException
+    void getPropertyValue( const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry& rEntry,
+                                          const SfxItemSet& rSet,
+                                          css::uno::Any& rAny) const;
+    /// @throws css::uno::RuntimeException
+    /// @throws css::beans::UnknownPropertyException
+    void getPropertyValue( const OUString &rName,
+                                            const SfxItemSet& rSet,
+                                            css::uno::Any& rAny) const;
+    /// @throws css::uno::RuntimeException
+    /// @throws css::beans::UnknownPropertyException
+    css::uno::Any
+        getPropertyValue( const OUString &rName,
+                                            const SfxItemSet& rSet ) const;
+    /// @throws css::uno::RuntimeException
+    /// @throws css::lang::IllegalArgumentException
+    void                setPropertyValue( const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry& rEntry,
+                                          const css::uno::Any& aVal,
+                                          SfxItemSet& rSet ) const;
+    /// @throws css::uno::RuntimeException
+    /// @throws css::lang::IllegalArgumentException
+    /// @throws css::beans::UnknownPropertyException
+    void                  setPropertyValue( const OUString& rPropertyName,
+                                            const css::uno::Any& aVal,
+                                            SfxItemSet& rSet ) const;
+
+    /// @throws css::beans::UnknownPropertyException
+    css::beans::PropertyState
+        getPropertyState(const OUString& rName, const SfxItemSet& rSet)const;
+    css::beans::PropertyState
+        getPropertyState(const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry& rEntry, const SfxItemSet& rSet) const
+                                    noexcept;
+
+    css::uno::Reference<css::beans::XPropertySetInfo> const &
+        getPropertySetInfo() const;
+    const SfxItemPropertyMap& getPropertyMap() const {return m_aMap;}
+};
+
+// workaround for incremental linking bugs in MSVC2015
+class SAL_DLLPUBLIC_TEMPLATE SfxItemPropertySetInfo_Base : public cppu::WeakImplHelper< css::beans::XPropertySetInfo > {};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxItemPropertySetInfo final : public SfxItemPropertySetInfo_Base
+{
+    SfxItemPropertyMap m_aOwnMap;
+
+public:
+    SfxItemPropertySetInfo(const SfxItemPropertyMap &rMap );
+    SfxItemPropertySetInfo(std::span<const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry> pEntries );
+    virtual ~SfxItemPropertySetInfo() override;
+
+    virtual css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::Property > SAL_CALL
+        getProperties(  ) override;
+
+    virtual css::beans::Property SAL_CALL
+        getPropertyByName( const OUString& aName ) override;
+
+    virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL
+        hasPropertyByName( const OUString& Name ) override;
+
+};
+
+struct SfxItemPropertyMapCompare2
+{
+    bool operator() ( const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry & lhs, const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry & rhs ) const
+    {
+        return lhs.aName < rhs.aName;
+    }
+};
+
+// workaround for incremental linking bugs in MSVC2015
+class SAL_DLLPUBLIC_TEMPLATE SfxExtItemPropertySetInfo_Base : public cppu::WeakImplHelper< css::beans::XPropertySetInfo > {};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxExtItemPropertySetInfo final : public SfxExtItemPropertySetInfo_Base
+{
+public:
+                            SfxExtItemPropertySetInfo(
+                                std::span<const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry> pMap,
+                                const css::uno::Sequence<css::beans::Property>& rPropSeq );
+                            virtual ~SfxExtItemPropertySetInfo() override;
+
+    virtual css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::Property > SAL_CALL
+        getProperties(  ) override;
+
+    virtual css::beans::Property SAL_CALL
+        getPropertyByName( const OUString& aName ) override;
+
+    virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL
+        hasPropertyByName( const OUString& Name ) override;
+
+private:
+    const SfxItemPropertyMapEntry* getByName( std::u16string_view rName ) const;
+    o3tl::sorted_vector< SfxItemPropertyMapEntry, SfxItemPropertyMapCompare2 > maMap;
+    mutable css::uno::Sequence< css::beans::Property > m_aPropSeq;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/itemset.hxx b/include/svl/itemset.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..774fe131c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/itemset.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <memory>
+#include <utility>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/typedwhich.hxx>
+#include <svl/whichranges.hxx>
+
+class SfxItemPool;
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getAllocatedSfxItemSetCount();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getUsedSfxItemSetCount();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getAllocatedSfxPoolItemHolderCount();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getUsedSfxPoolItemHolderCount();
+#endif
+
+// ItemSet/ItemPool helpers
+SfxPoolItem const* implCreateItemEntry(SfxItemPool& rPool, SfxPoolItem const* pSource, sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bPassingOwnership);
+void implCleanupItemEntry(SfxItemPool& rPool, SfxPoolItem const* pSource);
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxPoolItemHolder
+{
+    SfxItemPool*            m_pPool;
+    const SfxPoolItem*      m_pItem;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    bool                    m_bDeleted;
+#endif
+public:
+    SfxPoolItemHolder();
+    SfxPoolItemHolder(SfxItemPool&, const SfxPoolItem*, bool bPassingOwnership = false);
+    SfxPoolItemHolder(const SfxPoolItemHolder&);
+    ~SfxPoolItemHolder();
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    bool isDeleted() const { return m_bDeleted; }
+#endif
+
+    const SfxPoolItemHolder& operator=(const SfxPoolItemHolder&);
+    bool operator==(const SfxPoolItemHolder &) const;
+    SfxItemPool& getPool() const { assert(!isDeleted() && "Destructed instance used (!)"); return *m_pPool; }
+    const SfxPoolItem* getItem() const { assert(!isDeleted() && "Destructed instance used (!)"); return m_pItem; }
+    sal_uInt16 Which() const { if(nullptr != m_pItem) return m_pItem->Which(); return 0; }
+};
+
+class SAL_WARN_UNUSED SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxItemSet
+{
+    friend class SfxItemIter;
+    friend class SfxWhichIter;
+
+    // allow ItemSetTooling to access
+    friend SfxPoolItem const* implCreateItemEntry(SfxItemPool&, SfxPoolItem const*, sal_uInt16, bool);
+    friend void implCleanupItemEntry(SfxItemPool&, SfxPoolItem const*);
+
+    SfxItemPool*      m_pPool;         ///< pool that stores the items
+    const SfxItemSet* m_pParent;       ///< derivation
+    sal_uInt16        m_nCount;        ///< number of items
+    sal_uInt16        m_nTotalCount;   ///< number of WhichIDs, also size of m_ppItems array
+
+    // bitfield (better packaging if a bool needs to be added)
+    bool              m_bItemsFixed : 1; ///< true if this is a SfxItemSetFixed object, so does not *own* m_ppItems
+
+    SfxPoolItem const** m_ppItems;     ///< pointer to array of items, we allocate and free this unless m_bItemsFixed==true
+    WhichRangesContainer m_pWhichRanges;  ///< array of Which Ranges
+
+    // Notification-Callback mechanism for SwAttrSet in SW, functionPtr for callback
+    std::function<void(const SfxPoolItem*, const SfxPoolItem*)> m_aCallback;
+
+protected:
+    // Notification-Callback mechanism for SwAttrSet in SW
+    void setCallback(const std::function<void(const SfxPoolItem*, const SfxPoolItem*)> &func) { m_aCallback = func; }
+    void clearCallback() { m_aCallback = nullptr; }
+
+    // container library interface support
+    // only for internal use (for now), thus protected
+    using const_iterator = SfxPoolItem const**;
+
+    const_iterator begin() const noexcept { return m_ppItems; }
+    const_iterator end() const noexcept { return begin() + m_nTotalCount; }
+
+    bool empty() const noexcept { return 0 == m_nTotalCount; }
+    sal_Int32 size() const noexcept { return m_nTotalCount; }
+    SfxPoolItem const* operator[](sal_Int32 idx) const noexcept
+    {
+        assert(idx >= 0 && idx < m_nTotalCount && "index out of range");
+        return m_ppItems[idx];
+    }
+
+friend class SfxAllItemSet;
+
+private:
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void       RecreateRanges_Impl(const WhichRangesContainer& pNewRanges);
+
+public:
+    SfxPoolItem const**         GetItems_Impl() const { return m_ppItems; }
+
+private:
+    const SfxItemSet&           operator=(const SfxItemSet &) = delete;
+
+protected:
+    virtual const SfxPoolItem*  PutImpl( const SfxPoolItem&, sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bPassingOwnership );
+
+    /** special constructor for SfxAllItemSet */
+    enum class SfxAllItemSetFlag { Flag };
+    SfxItemSet( SfxItemPool&, SfxAllItemSetFlag );
+    /** special constructor for SfxItemSetFixed */
+    SfxItemSet( SfxItemPool&, WhichRangesContainer&& ranges, SfxPoolItem const ** ppItems, sal_uInt16 nTotalCount );
+
+public:
+    SfxItemSet( const SfxItemSet& );
+    SfxItemSet( SfxItemSet&& ) noexcept;
+    SfxItemSet( SfxItemPool& );
+    SfxItemSet( SfxItemPool&, WhichRangesContainer ranges );
+
+    SfxItemSet( SfxItemPool& rPool, sal_uInt16 nWhichStart, sal_uInt16 nWhichEnd )
+        : SfxItemSet(rPool, WhichRangesContainer(nWhichStart, nWhichEnd)) {}
+
+    template<sal_uInt16... WIDs>
+    SfxItemSet(SfxItemPool& pool, svl::Items_t<WIDs...> wids)
+        : SfxItemSet(pool, WhichRangesContainer(wids)) {}
+
+    virtual ~SfxItemSet();
+
+    virtual std::unique_ptr<SfxItemSet> Clone(bool bItems = true, SfxItemPool *pToPool = nullptr) const;
+    /** note that this only works if you know for sure that you are dealing with an SfxItemSet
+        and not one of it's subclasses. */
+    SfxItemSet CloneAsValue(bool bItems = true, SfxItemPool *pToPool = nullptr) const;
+
+    // Get number of items
+    sal_uInt16                  Count() const { return m_nCount; }
+    sal_uInt16                  TotalCount() const { return m_nTotalCount; }
+
+    const SfxPoolItem&          Get( sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bSrchInParent = true ) const;
+    template<class T>
+    const T&                    Get( TypedWhichId<T> nWhich, bool bSrchInParent = true ) const
+    {
+        return static_cast<const T&>(Get(sal_uInt16(nWhich), bSrchInParent));
+    }
+
+    /** This method eases accessing single Items in the SfxItemSet.
+
+        @param nId SlotId or the Item's WhichId
+        @param bSearchInParent also search in parent ItemSets
+        @returns 0 if the ItemSet does not contain an Item with the Id 'nWhich'
+    */
+    const SfxPoolItem*          GetItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bSearchInParent = true) const;
+
+    /// Templatized version of GetItem() to directly return the correct type.
+    template<class T> const T* GetItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bSearchInParent = true) const
+    {
+        const SfxPoolItem* pItem = GetItem(nWhich, bSearchInParent);
+        const T* pCastedItem = dynamic_cast<const T*>(pItem);
+
+        assert(!pItem || pCastedItem); // if it exists, must have the correct type
+        return pCastedItem;
+    }
+    template<class T> const T* GetItem( TypedWhichId<T> nWhich, bool bSearchInParent = true ) const
+    {
+        return GetItem<T>(sal_uInt16(nWhich), bSearchInParent);
+    }
+
+
+    /// Templatized static version of GetItem() to directly return the correct type if the SfxItemSet is available.
+    template<class T> static const T* GetItem(const SfxItemSet* pItemSet, sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bSearchInParent)
+    {
+        if (pItemSet)
+            return pItemSet->GetItem<T>(nWhich, bSearchInParent);
+
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+    template <class T>
+    static const T* GetItem(const SfxItemSet* pItemSet, TypedWhichId<T> nWhich,
+                            bool bSearchInParent)
+    {
+        return GetItem<T>(pItemSet, static_cast<sal_uInt16>(nWhich), bSearchInParent);
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt16                  GetWhichByOffset(sal_uInt16 nOffset) const;
+
+    SfxItemState GetItemState(sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bSrchInParent = true, const SfxPoolItem **ppItem = nullptr) const
+    {
+        // use local helper, start value for looped-through SfxItemState value is SfxItemState::UNKNOWN
+        return GetItemState_ForWhichID(SfxItemState::UNKNOWN, nWhich, bSrchInParent, ppItem);
+    }
+
+    template <class T> SfxItemState GetItemState(TypedWhichId<T> nWhich, bool bSrchInParent = true, const T **ppItem = nullptr ) const
+    {
+        // use local helper, start value for looped-through SfxItemState value is SfxItemState::UNKNOWN
+        return GetItemState_ForWhichID(SfxItemState::UNKNOWN, sal_uInt16(nWhich), bSrchInParent, reinterpret_cast<SfxPoolItem const**>(ppItem));
+    }
+
+    /// Templatized version of GetItemState() to directly return the correct type.
+    template<class T>
+    const T *                   GetItemIfSet(   TypedWhichId<T> nWhich,
+                                                bool bSrchInParent = true ) const
+    {
+        const SfxPoolItem * pItem = nullptr;
+        if (SfxItemState::SET == GetItemState_ForWhichID(SfxItemState::UNKNOWN, sal_uInt16(nWhich), bSrchInParent, &pItem))
+            return static_cast<const T*>(pItem);
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    bool                        HasItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxPoolItem** ppItem = nullptr) const;
+    template<class T>
+    bool                        HasItem(TypedWhichId<T> nWhich, const T** ppItem = nullptr) const
+    { return HasItem(sal_uInt16(nWhich), reinterpret_cast<const SfxPoolItem**>(ppItem)); }
+
+    void                        DisableItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich);
+    void InvalidateItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich)
+    { InvalidateItem_ForWhichID(nWhich); }
+    sal_uInt16                  ClearItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0);
+    void                        ClearInvalidItems();
+    void                        InvalidateAllItems(); // HACK(via nWhich = 0) ???
+
+    inline void                 SetParent( const SfxItemSet* pNew );
+
+    // add, delete items, work on items
+public:
+    const SfxPoolItem*          Put( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
+    { return PutImpl(rItem, nWhich, /*bPassingOwnership*/false); }
+    const SfxPoolItem*          Put( std::unique_ptr<SfxPoolItem> xItem, sal_uInt16 nWhich )
+    { return PutImpl(*xItem.release(), nWhich, /*bPassingOwnership*/true); }
+    const SfxPoolItem*          Put( const SfxPoolItem& rItem )
+                                { return Put(rItem, rItem.Which()); }
+    const SfxPoolItem*          Put( std::unique_ptr<SfxPoolItem> xItem )
+                                { auto nWhich = xItem->Which(); return Put(std::move(xItem), nWhich); }
+    bool                        Put( const SfxItemSet&,
+                                     bool bInvalidAsDefault = true );
+    void                        PutExtended( const SfxItemSet&,
+                                             SfxItemState eDontCareAs,
+                                             SfxItemState eDefaultAs );
+
+    bool                        Set( const SfxItemSet&, bool bDeep = true );
+
+    void                        Intersect( const SfxItemSet& rSet );
+    void                        MergeValues( const SfxItemSet& rSet );
+    void                        Differentiate( const SfxItemSet& rSet );
+    void                        MergeValue( const SfxPoolItem& rItem, bool bOverwriteDefaults = false  );
+
+    SfxItemPool*                GetPool() const { return m_pPool; }
+    const WhichRangesContainer & GetRanges() const { return m_pWhichRanges; }
+    void                        SetRanges( const WhichRangesContainer& );
+    void                        SetRanges( WhichRangesContainer&& );
+    void                        MergeRange( sal_uInt16 nFrom, sal_uInt16 nTo );
+    const SfxItemSet*           GetParent() const { return m_pParent; }
+
+    bool                        operator==(const SfxItemSet &) const;
+
+    /** Compare possibly ignoring SfxItemPool pointer.
+
+        This can be used to compare the content of two SfxItemSet even if they
+        don't share the same pool. EditTextObject::Equals(...,false) uses this
+        which is needed in ScGlobal::EETextObjEqual() for
+        ScPageHFItem::operator==()
+
+        @param  bComparePool
+                if <FALSE/> ignore SfxItemPool pointer,
+                if <TRUE/> compare also SfxItemPool pointer (identical to operator==())
+     */
+    bool                        Equals(const SfxItemSet &, bool bComparePool) const;
+
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const;
+
+private:
+    // split version(s) of ClearSingleItemImpl for input types WhichID and Offset
+    sal_uInt16 ClearSingleItem_ForWhichID( sal_uInt16 nWhich );
+    sal_uInt16 ClearSingleItem_ForOffset( sal_uInt16 nOffset );
+
+    // cleanup all Items, but do not reset/change m_ppItems array. That is
+    // responsibility of the caller & allows specific resets
+    sal_uInt16 ClearAllItemsImpl();
+
+    // Merge two given Item(entries)
+    void MergeItem_Impl(const SfxPoolItem **ppFnd1, const SfxPoolItem *pFnd2, bool bIgnoreDefaults);
+
+    // split version(s) of InvalidateItem for input types WhichID and Offset
+    void InvalidateItem_ForWhichID(sal_uInt16 nWhich);
+    void InvalidateItem_ForOffset(sal_uInt16 nOffset);
+
+    // split version(s) of GetItemStateImpl for input types WhichID and Offset
+    SfxItemState GetItemState_ForWhichID( SfxItemState eState, sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bSrchInParent, const SfxPoolItem **ppItem) const;
+    SfxItemState GetItemState_ForOffset( sal_uInt16 nOffset, const SfxPoolItem **ppItem) const;
+};
+
+inline void SfxItemSet::SetParent( const SfxItemSet* pNew )
+{
+    m_pParent = pNew;
+}
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxAllItemSet final : public SfxItemSet
+
+//  Handles all Ranges. Ranges are automatically modified by putting items.
+
+{
+public:
+                                SfxAllItemSet( SfxItemPool &rPool );
+                                SfxAllItemSet( const SfxItemSet & );
+                                SfxAllItemSet( const SfxAllItemSet & );
+
+    virtual std::unique_ptr<SfxItemSet> Clone( bool bItems = true, SfxItemPool *pToPool = nullptr ) const override;
+private:
+    virtual const SfxPoolItem*  PutImpl( const SfxPoolItem&, sal_uInt16 nWhich, bool bPassingOwnership ) override;
+};
+
+
+namespace svl::detail
+{
+/**
+ * Determines the number of sal_uInt16s in a container of pairs of
+ * sal_uInt16s, each representing a range of sal_uInt16s, and total capacity of the ranges.
+ */
+template <sal_uInt16 WID1, sal_uInt16 WID2, sal_uInt16... Rest>
+static constexpr sal_uInt16 CountRanges1()
+{
+    sal_uInt16 nCapacity = rangeSize(WID1, WID2);
+    if constexpr (sizeof...(Rest) > 0)
+        nCapacity += CountRanges1<Rest...>();
+    return nCapacity;
+}}
+
+// Allocate the items array inside the object, to reduce allocation cost.
+//
+template<sal_uInt16... WIDs>
+class SfxItemSetFixed : public SfxItemSet
+{
+public:
+    SfxItemSetFixed( SfxItemPool& rPool)
+        : SfxItemSet(rPool, WhichRangesContainer(svl::Items_t<WIDs...>{}), m_aItems, NITEMS) {}
+private:
+    static constexpr sal_uInt16 NITEMS = svl::detail::CountRanges1<WIDs...>();
+    const SfxPoolItem* m_aItems[NITEMS] = {};
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/languageoptions.hxx b/include/svl/languageoptions.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e780ed4751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/languageoptions.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LANGUAGEOPTIONS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LANGUAGEOPTIONS_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+#include <i18nlangtag/lang.h>
+
+// class SvtLanguageOptions ----------------------------------------------------
+
+// these defines can be ORed
+// note these values DO NOT match the values in css::i18n::ScriptType
+enum class SvtScriptType : sal_uInt8
+{
+    NONE         = 0x00,
+    LATIN        = 0x01,
+    ASIAN        = 0x02,
+    COMPLEX      = 0x04,
+    UNKNOWN      = 0x08 // (only used in SC) if type has not been determined yet
+};
+namespace o3tl
+{
+    template<> struct typed_flags<SvtScriptType> : is_typed_flags<SvtScriptType, 0x0f> {};
+}
+
+namespace SvtLanguageOptions
+{
+    // CJK options
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool    IsCJKFontEnabled() { m_pCJKOptions->IsCJKFontEnabled(); }
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool    IsVerticalTextEnabled() m_pCJKOptions->IsVerticalTextEnabled();
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool    IsAsianTypographyEnabled() m_pCJKOptions->IsAsianTypographyEnabled();
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool    IsJapaneseFindEnabled() m_pCJKOptions->IsJapaneseFindEnabled();
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC void    SetAll( bool _bSet ) m_pCJKOptions->SetAll( _bSet );
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool    IsAnyEnabled() m_pCJKOptions->IsAnyEnabled();
+
+    // CTL options
+    //SVL_DLLPUBLIC void    SetCTLFontEnabled( bool _bEnabled ) m_pCTLOptions->SetCTLFontEnabled( _bEnabled );
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool    IsCTLFontEnabled() m_pCTLOptions->IsCTLFontEnabled();
+
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC void    SetCTLSequenceChecking( bool _bEnabled ) m_pCTLOptions->SetCTLSequenceChecking( _bEnabled );
+
+    //SVL_DLLPUBLIC void    SetCTLSequenceCheckingRestricted( bool _bEnable ) m_pCTLOptions->SetCTLSequenceCheckingRestricted( _bEnable );
+
+//    SVL_DLLPUBLIC void    SetCTLSequenceCheckingTypeAndReplace( bool _bEnable ) m_pCTLOptions->SetCTLSequenceCheckingTypeAndReplace( _bEnable );
+
+    // returns for a language the scripttype
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvtScriptType GetScriptTypeOfLanguage( LanguageType nLang );
+
+    // convert from css::i18n::ScriptType constants to SvtScriptType
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvtScriptType FromI18NToSvtScriptType( sal_Int16 nI18NType );
+
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC sal_Int16 FromSvtScriptTypeToI18N( SvtScriptType nI18NType );
+
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC sal_Int16 GetI18NScriptTypeOfLanguage( LanguageType nLang );
+
+};
+
+/** #i42730# Gives access to the Windows 16bit system locale
+ */
+namespace SvtSystemLanguageOptions
+{
+    bool            isCJKKeyboardLayoutInstalled();
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_LANGUAGEOPTIONS_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/lckbitem.hxx b/include/svl/lckbitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5625a7aac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/lckbitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LCKBITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LCKBITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxLockBytesItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    SvLockBytesRef          _xVal;
+
+public:
+                            static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+                            SfxLockBytesItem();
+                            virtual ~SfxLockBytesItem() override;
+
+    SfxLockBytesItem(SfxLockBytesItem const &) = default;
+    SfxLockBytesItem(SfxLockBytesItem &&) = default;
+    SfxLockBytesItem & operator =(SfxLockBytesItem const &) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+    SfxLockBytesItem & operator =(SfxLockBytesItem &&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    virtual bool            operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual SfxLockBytesItem* Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+
+    SvLockBytes*            GetValue() const { return _xVal.get(); }
+
+    virtual bool            PutValue  ( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                        sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+    virtual bool            QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                        sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/legacyitem.hxx b/include/svl/legacyitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2035aecaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/legacyitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LEGACYITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LEGACYITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// // svl
+//     SfxBoolItem                 aLinebreak;
+//     SfxInt32Item                aRotateAngle; -> CntInt32Item
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class SvStream;
+class SfxBoolItem;
+class CntInt32Item;
+
+namespace legacy
+{
+    namespace SfxBool
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 SVL_DLLPUBLIC GetVersion(sal_uInt16 nFileFormatVersion);
+        void SVL_DLLPUBLIC Create(SfxBoolItem& rItem, SvStream& rStrm, sal_uInt16 nItemVersion);
+        SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvStream& Store(const SfxBoolItem& rItem, SvStream& rStrm, sal_uInt16 nItemVersion);
+    }
+    namespace CntInt32
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 SVL_DLLPUBLIC GetVersion(sal_uInt16 nFileFormatVersion);
+        void SVL_DLLPUBLIC Create(CntInt32Item& rItem, SvStream& rStrm, sal_uInt16 nItemVersion);
+        SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvStream& Store(const CntInt32Item& rItem, SvStream& rStrm, sal_uInt16 nItemVersion);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_LEGACYITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/listener.hxx b/include/svl/listener.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7c5896253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/listener.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LISTENER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LISTENER_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <o3tl/sorted_vector.hxx>
+
+class SvtBroadcaster;
+class SfxHint;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvtListener
+{
+    friend class SvtBroadcaster;
+    typedef o3tl::sorted_vector<SvtBroadcaster*> BroadcastersType;
+    BroadcastersType maBroadcasters;
+
+    const SvtListener&  operator=(const SvtListener &) = delete;
+    // called from the SvtBroadcaster destructor
+    void BroadcasterDying( SvtBroadcaster& rBroadcaster );
+
+public:
+    class SVL_DLLPUBLIC QueryBase
+    {
+        sal_uInt16 mnId;
+    public:
+        QueryBase( sal_uInt16 nId ) : mnId(nId) {}
+        virtual ~QueryBase() {};
+
+        sal_uInt16 getId() const { return mnId; }
+    };
+
+    SvtListener() = default;
+    SvtListener( const SvtListener &r ) = default;
+    virtual ~SvtListener() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE;
+
+    bool StartListening( SvtBroadcaster& rBroadcaster );
+    void EndListening( SvtBroadcaster& rBroadcaster );
+    void EndListeningAll();
+
+    /// Overwrites existing broadcasters with the ones from the specified listener
+    void CopyAllBroadcasters( const SvtListener& r );
+    bool HasBroadcaster() const { return !maBroadcasters.empty(); }
+
+    virtual void Notify( const SfxHint& rHint );
+    virtual void Query( QueryBase& rQuery ) const;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/lngmisc.hxx b/include/svl/lngmisc.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb7b7cbbe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/lngmisc.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LNGMISC_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LNGMISC_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+#define SVT_SOFT_HYPHEN u'\x00AD'
+#define SVT_HARD_HYPHEN u'\x2011'
+
+// the non-breaking space
+#define SVT_HARD_SPACE  u'\x00A0'
+
+namespace linguistic
+{
+    inline bool IsHyphen(sal_Unicode cChar)
+    {
+        return cChar == SVT_SOFT_HYPHEN  ||  cChar == SVT_HARD_HYPHEN;
+    }
+
+    inline bool IsControlChar(sal_Unicode cChar)
+    {
+        // TODO: why doesn't this include 0x7F DEL?
+        return cChar < u' ';
+    }
+
+    sal_Int32 GetNumControlChars( std::u16string_view rTxt );
+
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool RemoveHyphens(OUString &rTxt);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool RemoveControlChars(OUString &rTxt);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool ReplaceControlChars(OUString &rTxt);
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString GetThesaurusReplaceText(const OUString &rText);
+} // namespace linguistic
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/lockfilecommon.hxx b/include/svl/lockfilecommon.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a19681b6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/lockfilecommon.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LOCKFILECOMMON_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LOCKFILECOMMON_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
+
+#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/enumarray.hxx>
+
+#include <mutex>
+#include <string_view>
+#include <vector>
+
+enum class LockFileComponent
+{
+    OOOUSERNAME, SYSUSERNAME, LOCALHOST, EDITTIME, USERURL, LAST=USERURL
+};
+
+typedef o3tl::enumarray<LockFileComponent,OUString> LockFileEntry;
+
+namespace svt {
+
+/// This is a general implementation that is used in document lock file implementation and in sharing control file implementation
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC LockFileCommon
+{
+private:
+    OUString m_aURL;
+
+protected:
+    std::mutex m_aMutex;
+
+    /// This method generates the URL of the lock file based on the document URL and the specified prefix.
+    static OUString GenerateOwnLockFileURL(std::u16string_view aOrigURL, std::u16string_view aPrefix);
+
+public:
+    LockFileCommon(OUString aLockFileURL);
+    virtual ~LockFileCommon();
+
+    const OUString& GetURL() const;
+    void SetURL(const OUString& aURL);
+
+    static void ParseList( const css::uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 >& aBuffer, std::vector< LockFileEntry > &rOutput );
+    static LockFileEntry ParseEntry( const css::uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 >& aBuffer, sal_Int32& o_nCurPos );
+    static OUString ParseName( const css::uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 >& aBuffer, sal_Int32& o_nCurPos );
+    static OUString EscapeCharacters( const OUString& aSource );
+    static OUString GetOOOUserName();
+    static OUString GetCurrentLocalTime();
+    static LockFileEntry GenerateOwnEntry();
+
+    static INetURLObject ResolveLinks( const INetURLObject& aDocURL );
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/lstner.hxx b/include/svl/lstner.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9a35f10a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/lstner.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_LSTNER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_LSTNER_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <map>
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+#include <sal/backtrace.hxx>
+#endif
+
+class SfxBroadcaster;
+class SfxHint;
+
+//StartListening duplicate handling options
+//Prevent only adds the listener if it's not already added
+//Allow allows duplicate listeners
+//Unexpected, the default, is for the usual case where the
+//listener should only be added once and duplicates are
+//unexpected. In dbgutil mode this tracks where the original
+//listener was added from and reports the duplicate addition
+//as an error
+enum class DuplicateHandling { Unexpected, Prevent, Allow };
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxListener
+{
+    std::vector<SfxBroadcaster*> maBCs;
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    std::map<SfxBroadcaster*, std::unique_ptr<sal::BacktraceState>>
+        maCallStacks;
+#endif
+
+private:
+    const SfxListener&  operator=(const SfxListener &) = delete;
+
+public:
+
+                        SfxListener() {}
+                        SfxListener( const SfxListener &rCopy );
+    virtual             ~SfxListener() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE;
+
+    void                StartListening(SfxBroadcaster& rBroadcaster, DuplicateHandling eDuplicateHanding = DuplicateHandling::Unexpected);
+    void                EndListening( SfxBroadcaster& rBroadcaster, bool bRemoveAllDuplicates = false );
+    void                EndListeningAll();
+    bool                IsListening( SfxBroadcaster& rBroadcaster ) const;
+
+    sal_uInt16          GetBroadcasterCount() const;
+    SfxBroadcaster*     GetBroadcasterJOE( sal_uInt16 nNo ) const;
+
+    virtual void        Notify( SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint );
+
+    void                RemoveBroadcaster_Impl( SfxBroadcaster& rBC );
+
+    /// Used to avoid cost of dynamic_cast in SdrViewIter::ImpFindView
+    virtual bool        IsSdrView() const { return false; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/macitem.hxx b/include/svl/macitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c2a4cf301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/macitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_MACITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_MACITEM_HXX
+
+// class SvxMacroItem ----------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <map>
+#include <utility>
+
+class SvStream;
+enum class SvMacroItemId : sal_uInt16;
+
+inline constexpr OUString SVX_MACRO_LANGUAGE_JAVASCRIPT  = u"JavaScript"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString SVX_MACRO_LANGUAGE_STARBASIC = u"StarBasic"_ustr;
+inline constexpr OUString SVX_MACRO_LANGUAGE_SF = u"Script"_ustr;
+
+enum ScriptType
+{
+    STARBASIC,
+    JAVASCRIPT,
+    EXTENDED_STYPE
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvxMacro
+{
+    OUString aMacName;
+    OUString aLibName;
+    ScriptType eType;
+
+public:
+
+    SvxMacro( OUString aMacName, const OUString &rLanguage);
+
+    SvxMacro( OUString aMacName, OUString aLibName,
+                ScriptType eType); //  = STARBASIC removes
+
+    const OUString &GetLibName() const        { return aLibName; }
+    const OUString &GetMacName() const        { return aMacName; }
+    OUString GetLanguage()const;
+
+    ScriptType GetScriptType() const        { return eType; }
+
+    bool HasMacro() const { return !aMacName.isEmpty(); }
+};
+
+inline SvxMacro::SvxMacro( OUString _aMacName, OUString _aLibName,
+                            ScriptType eTyp )
+    : aMacName(std::move( _aMacName )), aLibName(std::move( _aLibName )), eType( eTyp )
+{}
+
+// Macro Table, destroys the pointers in the DTor!
+typedef std::map<SvMacroItemId, SvxMacro> SvxMacroTable;
+
+#define SVX_MACROTBL_VERSION31  0
+#define SVX_MACROTBL_VERSION40  1
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvxMacroTableDtor
+{
+private:
+    SvxMacroTable aSvxMacroTable;
+public:
+    SvxMacroTableDtor() {}
+    SvxMacroTableDtor( const SvxMacroTableDtor &rCpy ) : aSvxMacroTable(rCpy.aSvxMacroTable) { }
+
+    SvxMacroTableDtor& operator=( const SvxMacroTableDtor &rCpy );
+    bool operator==( const SvxMacroTableDtor& rOther ) const;
+
+    void        Read( SvStream & );
+    SvStream&   Write( SvStream & ) const;
+
+    bool empty() const { return aSvxMacroTable.empty(); }
+
+    // returns NULL if no entry exists, or a pointer to the internal value
+    const SvxMacro* Get(SvMacroItemId nEvent) const;
+    // returns NULL if no entry exists, or a pointer to the internal value
+    SvxMacro* Get(SvMacroItemId nEvent);
+    // return true if the key exists
+    bool IsKeyValid(SvMacroItemId nEvent) const;
+    // This stores a copy of the rMacro parameter
+    SvxMacro& Insert(SvMacroItemId nEvent, const SvxMacro& rMacro);
+    // If the entry exists, remove it from the map and release it's storage
+    void Erase(SvMacroItemId nEvent);
+};
+
+
+/*
+This item describes a Macro table.
+*/
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvxMacroItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+public:
+    explicit inline SvxMacroItem ( const sal_uInt16 nId );
+
+    // "pure virtual methods" of SfxPoolItem
+    virtual bool            operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual bool GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                  MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                  MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                  OUString &rText,
+                                  const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+    virtual SvxMacroItem* Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+
+    const SvxMacroTableDtor& GetMacroTable() const { return aMacroTable;}
+    void SetMacroTable( const SvxMacroTableDtor& rTbl ) { aMacroTable = rTbl; }
+
+    inline const SvxMacro& GetMacro( SvMacroItemId nEvent ) const;
+    inline bool HasMacro( SvMacroItemId nEvent ) const;
+           void SetMacro( SvMacroItemId nEvent, const SvxMacro& );
+
+private:
+    SvxMacroTableDtor aMacroTable;
+
+    SvxMacroItem( const SvxMacroItem& ) = default;
+};
+
+inline SvxMacroItem::SvxMacroItem( const sal_uInt16 nId )
+    : SfxPoolItem( nId )
+{}
+
+inline bool SvxMacroItem::HasMacro( SvMacroItemId nEvent ) const
+{
+    return aMacroTable.IsKeyValid( nEvent );
+}
+inline const SvxMacro& SvxMacroItem::GetMacro( SvMacroItemId nEvent ) const
+{
+    return *(aMacroTable.Get(nEvent));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/memberid.h b/include/svl/memberid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1853897138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/memberid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_MEMBERID_H
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_MEMBERID_H
+
+#define MID_X       1
+#define MID_Y       2
+#define MID_RECT_LEFT    3
+#define MID_RECT_TOP     4
+#define MID_WIDTH   5
+#define MID_HEIGHT  6
+#define MID_RECT_RIGHT   7
+
+// SvxSizeItem
+#define MID_SIZE_SIZE       0
+#define MID_SIZE_WIDTH      1
+#define MID_SIZE_HEIGHT     2
+
+// SvxSearchItem
+// XXX When changing the MID count here, also increment the corresponding
+// SvxSearchItem SFX_DECL_TYPE(n) value in include/sfx2/msg.hxx to match, and
+// add a member to struct SvxSearch in sfx2/sdi/sfxitems.sdi so that dependent
+// slot items get generated.
+#define MID_SEARCH_STYLEFAMILY          1
+#define MID_SEARCH_CELLTYPE             2
+#define MID_SEARCH_ROWDIRECTION         3
+#define MID_SEARCH_ALLTABLES            4
+#define MID_SEARCH_SEARCHFILTERED       5
+#define MID_SEARCH_BACKWARD             6
+#define MID_SEARCH_PATTERN              7
+#define MID_SEARCH_CONTENT              8
+#define MID_SEARCH_ASIANOPTIONS         9
+#define MID_SEARCH_ALGORITHMTYPE        10
+#define MID_SEARCH_FLAGS                11
+#define MID_SEARCH_SEARCHSTRING         12
+#define MID_SEARCH_REPLACESTRING        13
+#define MID_SEARCH_LOCALE               14
+#define MID_SEARCH_CHANGEDCHARS         15
+#define MID_SEARCH_DELETEDCHARS         16
+#define MID_SEARCH_INSERTEDCHARS        17
+#define MID_SEARCH_TRANSLITERATEFLAGS   18
+#define MID_SEARCH_COMMAND              19
+#define MID_SEARCH_STARTPOINTX          20
+#define MID_SEARCH_STARTPOINTY          21
+#define MID_SEARCH_SEARCHFORMATTED      22
+#define MID_SEARCH_ALGORITHMTYPE2       23
+
+// SfxDocumentInfoItem
+#define MID_DOCINFO_DESCRIPTION              0x13
+#define MID_DOCINFO_KEYWORDS                 0x17
+#define MID_DOCINFO_SUBJECT                  0x1b
+#define MID_DOCINFO_TITLE                    0x1d
+#define MID_DOCINFO_AUTOLOADENABLED          0x2d
+#define MID_DOCINFO_AUTOLOADURL              0x2e
+#define MID_DOCINFO_AUTOLOADSECS             0x2f
+#define MID_DOCINFO_DEFAULTTARGET            0x30
+#define MID_DOCINFO_USEUSERDATA              0x31
+#define MID_DOCINFO_DELETEUSERDATA           0x32
+#define MID_DOCINFO_USETHUMBNAILSAVE         0x33
+#define MID_DOCINFO_CONTRIBUTOR              0x34
+#define MID_DOCINFO_COVERAGE                 0x35
+#define MID_DOCINFO_IDENTIFIER               0x38
+#define MID_DOCINFO_PUBLISHER                0x3a
+#define MID_DOCINFO_RELATION                 0x3b
+#define MID_DOCINFO_RIGHTS                   0x3c
+#define MID_DOCINFO_SOURCE                   0x3d
+#define MID_DOCINFO_TYPE                     0x3e
+
+// only for FastPropertySet
+#define MID_TYPE                             0x3f
+#define MID_VALUE                            0x40
+#define MID_VALUESET                         0x41
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/metitem.hxx b/include/svl/metitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30cf75b7f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/metitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_METITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_METITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/intitem.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxMetricItem: public SfxInt32Item
+{
+public:
+    explicit                 SfxMetricItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, sal_Int32 nValue );
+
+    virtual void             ScaleMetrics( tools::Long lMult, tools::Long lDiv ) override;
+    virtual bool             HasMetrics() const override;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/msodocumentlockfile.hxx b/include/svl/msodocumentlockfile.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..282f427b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/msodocumentlockfile.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4; fill-column: 100 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_MSODOCUMENTLOCKFILE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_MSODOCUMENTLOCKFILE_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/documentlockfile.hxx>
+
+#define MSO_WORD_LOCKFILE_SIZE 162
+#define MSO_EXCEL_AND_POWERPOINT_LOCKFILE_SIZE 165
+#define MSO_USERNAME_MAX_LENGTH 52
+
+namespace svt
+{
+/// Class implementing reading and writing MSO lockfiles.
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC MSODocumentLockFile final : public GenDocumentLockFile
+{
+private:
+    enum class AppType
+    {
+        Word,
+        Excel,
+        PowerPoint
+    };
+    static AppType getAppType(std::u16string_view sOrigURL);
+    AppType m_eAppType;
+
+    virtual void
+    WriteEntryToStream(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard, const LockFileEntry& aEntry,
+                       const css::uno::Reference<css::io::XOutputStream>& xStream) override;
+
+    virtual css::uno::Reference<css::io::XInputStream>
+    OpenStream(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard) override;
+
+    virtual LockFileEntry GetLockDataImpl(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard) override;
+
+public:
+    MSODocumentLockFile(std::u16string_view aOrigURL);
+    virtual ~MSODocumentLockFile() override;
+
+    virtual void RemoveFile() override;
+
+    static bool IsMSOSupportedFileFormat(std::u16string_view aURL);
+};
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab cinoptions=b1,g0,N-s cinkeys+=0=break: */
diff --git a/include/svl/nfkeytab.hxx b/include/svl/nfkeytab.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ab012f39c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/nfkeytab.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_NFKEYTAB_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_NFKEYTAB_HXX
+
+#include <array>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+//! For ImpSvNumberformatScan: first the short symbols, then the long symbols!
+//! e.g. first YY then YYYY
+//! The internal order is essential for the format code string scanner.
+//
+// This table is externally only to be used with method
+// OUString SvNumberformat::GetMappedFormatstring( const NfKeywordTable&, const LocaleDataWrapper& );
+// and method
+// void SvNumberFormatter::FillKeywordTable( NfKeywordTable&, LanguageType );
+enum NfKeywordIndex
+{
+    NF_KEY_NONE = 0,
+    NF_KEY_E,           // exponential symbol
+    NF_KEY_AMPM,        // AM/PM
+    NF_KEY_AP,          // a/p
+    NF_KEY_MI,          // minute       (!)
+    NF_KEY_MMI,         // minute 02    (!)
+    NF_KEY_M,           // month        (!)
+    NF_KEY_MM,          // month 02     (!)
+    NF_KEY_MMM,         // month short name
+    NF_KEY_MMMM,        // month long name
+    NF_KEY_MMMMM,       // month narrow name, first letter
+    NF_KEY_H,           // hour
+    NF_KEY_HH,          // hour 02
+    NF_KEY_S,           // second
+    NF_KEY_SS,          // second 02
+    NF_KEY_Q,           // quarter
+    NF_KEY_QQ,          // quarter 02
+    NF_KEY_D,           // day of month
+    NF_KEY_DD,          // day of month 02
+    NF_KEY_DDD,         // day of week short
+    NF_KEY_DDDD,        // day of week long
+    NF_KEY_YY,          // year two digits
+    NF_KEY_YYYY,        // year four digits
+    NF_KEY_NN,          // day of week short
+    NF_KEY_NNN,         // day of week long without separator, as of version 6, 10.10.97
+    NF_KEY_NNNN,        // day of week long with separator
+    NF_KEY_AAA,         // abbreviated day name from Japanese Xcl, same as DDD or NN English
+    NF_KEY_AAAA,        // full day name from Japanese Xcl, same as DDDD or NNN English
+    NF_KEY_EC,          // E non-gregorian calendar year without preceding 0
+    NF_KEY_EEC,         // EE non-gregorian calendar year with preceding 0 (two digit)
+    NF_KEY_G,           // abbreviated era name, latin characters M T S or H for Gengou calendar
+    NF_KEY_GG,          // abbreviated era name
+    NF_KEY_GGG,         // full era name
+    NF_KEY_R,           // acts as EE (Xcl) => GR==GEE, GGR==GGEE, GGGR==GGGEE
+    NF_KEY_RR,          // acts as GGGEE (Xcl)
+    NF_KEY_WW,          // week of year, as of version 8, 19.06.98
+    NF_KEY_THAI_T,      // Thai T modifier, speciality of Thai Excel, only used with Thai locale and converted to [NatNum1]
+    NF_KEY_CCC,         // currency bank symbol (old version)
+    NF_KEY_BOOLEAN,     // boolean
+    NF_KEY_GENERAL,     // General / Standard
+    NF_KEY_LASTKEYWORD = NF_KEY_GENERAL,
+
+    // Reserved words translated and color names follow:
+    NF_KEY_TRUE,        // boolean true
+    NF_KEY_FALSE,       // boolean false
+    NF_KEY_COLOR,       // color
+    NF_KEY_FIRSTCOLOR,
+    NF_KEY_BLACK = NF_KEY_FIRSTCOLOR,   // you do know colors, don't you?
+    NF_KEY_BLUE,
+    NF_KEY_GREEN,
+    NF_KEY_CYAN,
+    NF_KEY_RED,
+    NF_KEY_MAGENTA,
+    NF_KEY_BROWN,
+    NF_KEY_GREY,
+    NF_KEY_YELLOW,
+    NF_KEY_WHITE,
+    NF_KEY_LASTCOLOR = NF_KEY_WHITE,
+
+    NF_KEYWORD_ENTRIES_COUNT
+};
+
+typedef ::std::array<OUString, NF_KEYWORD_ENTRIES_COUNT> NfKeywordTable;
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_NFKEYTAB_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/nfsymbol.hxx b/include/svl/nfsymbol.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a659857e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/nfsymbol.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_NFSYMBOL_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_NFSYMBOL_HXX
+
+/* ATTENTION! If new types arrive that had its content previously handled as
+ * SYMBOLTYPE_STRING, they have to be added at several places in zforscan.cxx
+ * and/or zformat.cxx, and in xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx. Mostly these
+ * are places where already NF_SYMBOLTYPE_STRING together with
+ * NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY or NF_SYMBOLTYPE_DATESEP are used in the same case of
+ * a switch respectively an if-condition.
+ */
+
+namespace svt {
+
+/// Number formatter's symbol types of a token, if not key words, which are >0
+enum NfSymbolType
+{
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_STRING        = -1,   // literal string in output
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_DEL           = -2,   // special character
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_BLANK         = -3,   // blank for '_'
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_STAR          = -4,   // *-character
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_DIGIT         = -5,   // digit place holder
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_DECSEP        = -6,   // decimal separator
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_THSEP         = -7,   // group AKA thousand separator
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_EXP           = -8,   // exponent E
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_FRAC          = -9,   // fraction /
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_EMPTY         = -10,  // deleted symbols
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_FRACBLANK     = -11,  // delimiter between integer and fraction
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY      = -12,  // currency symbol
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CURRDEL       = -13,  // currency symbol delimiter [$]
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CURREXT       = -14,  // currency symbol extension -xxx
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CALENDAR      = -15,  // calendar ID
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_CALDEL        = -16,  // calendar delimiter [~]
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_DATESEP       = -17,  // date separator
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_TIMESEP       = -18,  // time separator
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_TIME100SECSEP = -19,  // time 100th seconds separator
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_PERCENT       = -20,  // percent %
+    NF_SYMBOLTYPE_FRAC_FDIV     = -21   // forced divisors
+};
+
+}   // namespace svt
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_NFSYMBOL_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/numformat.hxx b/include/svl/numformat.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a374f3c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/numformat.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/i18n/XNumberFormatCode.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/XComponentContext.hpp>
+#include <i18nlangtag/lang.h>
+#include <tools/link.hxx>
+#include <svl/nfkeytab.hxx>
+#include <svl/ondemand.hxx>
+#include <svl/zforlist.hxx>
+#include <unotools/charclass.hxx>
+
+#include <map>
+
+class Color;
+class ImpSvNumberformatScan;
+class ImpSvNumberInputScan;
+class SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl;
+class NfCurrencyTable;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvNumberFormatter
+{
+    friend class SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl;
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * We can't technically have an "infinite" value, so we use an arbitrary
+     * upper precision threshold to represent the "unlimited" precision.
+     */
+    static const sal_uInt16 UNLIMITED_PRECISION;
+
+    /**
+     * Precision suitable for numbers displayed in input bar, for instance
+     * Calc's formula input bar.
+     */
+    static const sal_uInt16 INPUTSTRING_PRECISION;
+
+    /// Preferred ctor with service manager and language/country enum
+    SvNumberFormatter(const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& rxContext,
+                      LanguageType eLang);
+
+    ~SvNumberFormatter();
+
+    /// Set CallBack to ColorTable
+    void SetColorLink(const Link<sal_uInt16, Color*>& rColorTableCallBack);
+    /// Do the CallBack to ColorTable
+    Color* GetUserDefColor(sal_uInt16 nIndex);
+
+    /// Change language/country, also input and format scanner
+    void ChangeIntl(LanguageType eLnge);
+    /// Change the reference null date
+    void ChangeNullDate(sal_uInt16 nDay, sal_uInt16 nMonth, sal_Int16 nYear);
+    /// Change standard precision
+    void ChangeStandardPrec(short nPrec);
+    /// Set zero value suppression
+    void SetNoZero(bool bNZ);
+
+    /** The language with which the formatter was initialized (system setting),
+        NOT the current language after a ChangeIntl() */
+    LanguageType GetLanguage() const;
+
+    // Determine whether two format types are input compatible or not
+    static bool IsCompatible(SvNumFormatType eOldType, SvNumFormatType eNewType);
+
+    /** Get table of formats of a specific type of a locale. A format FIndex is
+        tested whether it has the type and locale requested, if it doesn't
+        match FIndex returns the default format for the type/locale. If no
+        specific format is to be selected FIndex may be initialized to 0. */
+    SvNumberFormatTable& GetEntryTable(SvNumFormatType eType, sal_uInt32& FIndex,
+                                       LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /** Get table of formats of a specific type of a language/country.
+        FIndex returns the default format of that type.
+        If the language/country was never touched before new entries are generated */
+    SvNumberFormatTable& ChangeCL(SvNumFormatType eType, sal_uInt32& FIndex, LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /** Get table of formats of the same type as FIndex; eType and rLnge are
+        set accordingly. An unknown format is set to Standard/General */
+    SvNumberFormatTable& GetFirstEntryTable(SvNumFormatType& eType, sal_uInt32& FIndex,
+                                            LanguageType& rLnge);
+
+    /// Delete an entry including the format it is referring to
+    void DeleteEntry(sal_uInt32 nKey);
+
+    /** Create new entry of a format code string for language/country.
+        @return
+            <TRUE/> if string new and ok and inserted.
+             <FALSE/> if string already exists or an unresolvable parse error
+             occurred, in which case nCheckPos is the error position within rString.
+            If the error occurs at position 0 or rString is empty nCheckPos
+            will be 1, so an error in the string is always indicated by
+             nCheckPos not being zero.
+            The content of the rString variable can be changed and corrected
+             by the method.
+            nType contains the type of the format.
+            nKey contains the index key of the format.
+     */
+    bool PutEntry(OUString& rString, sal_Int32& nCheckPos, SvNumFormatType& nType, sal_uInt32& nKey,
+                  LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW, bool bReplaceBooleanEquivalent = true);
+
+    /** Same as <method>PutEntry</method> but the format code string is
+         considered to be of language/country eLnge and is converted to
+        language/country eNewLnge */
+    bool PutandConvertEntry(OUString& rString, sal_Int32& nCheckPos, SvNumFormatType& nType,
+                            sal_uInt32& nKey, LanguageType eLnge, LanguageType eNewLnge,
+                            bool bConvertDateOrder, bool bReplaceBooleanEquivalent = true);
+
+    /** Same as <method>PutandConvertEntry</method> but the format code string
+         is considered to be of the System language/country eLnge and is
+        converted to another System language/country eNewLnge. In this case
+         the automatic currency is converted too. */
+    bool PutandConvertEntrySystem(OUString& rString, sal_Int32& nCheckPos, SvNumFormatType& nType,
+                                  sal_uInt32& nKey, LanguageType eLnge, LanguageType eNewLnge);
+
+    /** Similar to <method>PutEntry</method> and
+        <method>PutandConvertEntry</method> or
+        <method>PutandConvertEntrySystem</method>, the format code string
+        passed is considered to be of language/country eLnge. If
+        eLnge==LANGUAGE_SYSTEM the format code has to match eSysLnge, and if
+        eSysLnge is not the current application locale the format code is
+        converted to the current locale. Additionally, if the format code
+        represents an old "automatic" currency format, it is converted to the
+        new default currency format of the eLnge locale. The rString format
+        code passed as an argument may get adapted in case eLnge was used (or
+        is LANGUAGE_SYSTEM and eSysLnge is identical); in case it wasn't the
+        method works on a copy instead, otherwise the resulting string would
+        not match eSysLnge anymore.
+
+        <p> This method was introduced to handle the legacy currency formats of
+        the "autotbl.fmt" file used by Calc and Writer and convert them to
+        fixed currency codes of the actual currency. Note that in the case of
+        legacy currency formats no special attribution is converted, only the
+        default currency format of the locale is chosen, and that new fixed
+        currency codes are of course not converted to other currencies. The
+        method may also be used as a general method taking, converting and
+        inserting almost arbitrary format codes. To insert or use, for example,
+        the default currency format code matching the current locale, the
+        method could be called with<br/>
+
+        <code>
+        GetIndexPuttingAndConverting( "0 $", LANGUAGE_SYSTEM, LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US, ...);
+        </code>
+
+        @return
+            The index key of the resulting number format. If the format code
+            was empty, could not be converted or has errors, the eLnge locale's
+            standard number format is chosen instead. The index key is
+            guaranteed to represent some valid number format. If
+            rNewInserted==false and rCheckPos>0 the format code has errors
+            and/or could not be converted.
+     */
+    sal_uInt32 GetIndexPuttingAndConverting(OUString& rString, LanguageType eLnge,
+                                            LanguageType eSysLnge, SvNumFormatType& rType,
+                                            bool& rNewInserted, sal_Int32& rCheckPos);
+
+    /** Create a format code string using format nIndex as a template and
+        applying other settings (passed from the dialog) */
+    OUString GenerateFormat(sal_uInt32 nIndex, LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW,
+                            bool bThousand = false, bool IsRed = false, sal_uInt16 nPrecision = 0,
+                            sal_uInt16 nLeadingCnt = 1);
+
+    /** Analyze an input string
+        @return
+            <TRUE/> if input is a number or is matching a format F_Index
+                F_Index is set to a matching format if number, the value is
+                returned in fOutNumber
+            <FALSE/> if input is not a number
+     */
+    bool IsNumberFormat(const OUString& sString, sal_uInt32& F_Index, double& fOutNumber,
+                        SvNumInputOptions eInputOptions = SvNumInputOptions::NONE);
+
+    /// Format a number according to a format index, return string and color
+    void GetOutputString(const double& fOutNumber, sal_uInt32 nFIndex, OUString& sOutString,
+                         const Color** ppColor, bool bUseStarFormat = false);
+
+    /** Format a string according to a format index, return string and color.
+        Formats only if the format code is of type text or the 4th subcode
+        of a format code is specified, otherwise sOutString will be == "" */
+    void GetOutputString(const OUString& sString, sal_uInt32 nFIndex, OUString& sOutString,
+                         const Color** ppColor, bool bUseStarFormat = false);
+
+    /** Format a number according to the standard default format matching
+        the given format index. rOutString will be the real cell string (e.g.
+        a number rounded by the cell format, which rounded value is used
+        in the filtering condition now), instead of the EditFormat string
+        (e.g a not rounded value, which is visible during editing).*/
+    void GetInputLineString(const double& fOutNumber, sal_uInt32 nFIndex, OUString& rOutString,
+                            bool bFiltering = false, bool bForceSystemLocale = false);
+
+    /** Format a number according to a format code string to be scanned.
+        @return
+            <FALSE/> if format code contains an error
+            <TRUE/> else, in which case the string and color are returned.
+     */
+    bool GetPreviewString(const OUString& sFormatString, double fPreviewNumber,
+                          OUString& sOutString, const Color** ppColor, LanguageType eLnge,
+                          bool bUseStarFormat = false);
+
+    /** Same as <method>GetPreviewString</method> but the format code string
+        may be either language/country eLnge or en_US english US */
+    bool GetPreviewStringGuess(const OUString& sFormatString, double fPreviewNumber,
+                               OUString& sOutString, const Color** ppColor,
+                               LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /** Format a string according to a format code string to be scanned.
+        @return
+            <FALSE/> if format code contains an error
+            <TRUE/> else, in which case the string and color are returned.
+     */
+    bool GetPreviewString(const OUString& sFormatString, const OUString& sPreviewString,
+                          OUString& sOutString, const Color** ppColor,
+                          LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /** Test whether the format code string is already present in container
+        @return
+            NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND if not found, else the format index.
+     */
+    sal_uInt32 TestNewString(const OUString& sFormatString, LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /// Whether format index nFIndex is of type text or not
+    bool IsTextFormat(sal_uInt32 nFIndex) const;
+
+    /// Whether format index nFIndex has NatNum12 modifier
+    bool IsNatNum12(sal_uInt32 nFIndex) const;
+
+    /// Get additional info of a format index, e.g. for dialog box
+    void GetFormatSpecialInfo(sal_uInt32 nFormat, bool& bThousand, bool& IsRed,
+                              sal_uInt16& nPrecision, sal_uInt16& nLeadingCnt);
+
+    /// Count of decimals
+    sal_uInt16 GetFormatPrecision(sal_uInt32 nFormat) const;
+
+    /// Count of integer digits
+    sal_uInt16 GetFormatIntegerDigits(sal_uInt32 nFormat) const;
+
+    /** Get additional info of a format code string, e.g. for dialog box.
+        Uses a temporary parse, if possible use only if format code is not
+        present in container yet, otherwise ineffective.
+        @return
+            0 if format code string parsed without errors, otherwise error
+            position (like nCheckPos on <method>PutEntry</method>)
+     */
+    sal_uInt32 GetFormatSpecialInfo(const OUString&, bool& bThousand, bool& IsRed,
+                                    sal_uInt16& nPrecision, sal_uInt16& nLeadingCnt,
+                                    LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /// Get return string for Calc CELL() function, "G", "D1", ...
+    OUString GetCalcCellReturn(sal_uInt32 nFormat) const;
+
+    bool IsUserDefined(sal_uInt32 F_Index) const;
+
+    /// Check if format code string may be deleted by user
+    bool IsUserDefined(std::u16string_view sStr, LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /** Return the format index of the format code string for language/country,
+        or NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND */
+    sal_uInt32 GetEntryKey(std::u16string_view sStr, LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /// Return the format for a format index
+    const SvNumberformat* GetEntry(sal_uInt32 nKey) const;
+
+    /// Obtain substituted GetFormatEntry(), i.e. system formats.
+    const SvNumberformat* GetSubstitutedEntry(sal_uInt32 nKey, sal_uInt32& o_rNewKey) const;
+
+    /// Return the format index of the standard default number format for language/country
+    sal_uInt32 GetStandardIndex(LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /// Return the format index of the default format of a type for language/country
+    sal_uInt32 GetStandardFormat(SvNumFormatType eType, LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /** Return the format index of the default format of a type for language/country.
+        Maybe not the default format but a special builtin format, e.g. for
+        NF_TIME_HH_MMSS00, if that format is passed in nFIndex. */
+    sal_uInt32 GetStandardFormat(sal_uInt32 nFIndex, SvNumFormatType eType, LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /** Return the format index of the default format of a type for language/country.
+        Maybe not the default format but a special builtin format, e.g. for
+        NF_TIME_HH_MMSS00, or NF_TIME_HH_MMSS if fNumber >= 1.0  */
+    sal_uInt32 GetStandardFormat(double fNumber, sal_uInt32 nFIndex, SvNumFormatType eType,
+                                 LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /// Whether nFIndex is a special builtin format
+    bool IsSpecialStandardFormat(sal_uInt32 nFIndex, LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /** Return a time format that best matches fNumber. */
+    sal_uInt32 GetTimeFormat(double fNumber, LanguageType eLnge, bool bForceDuration);
+
+    /** Return a format and type that best matches the value of fNumber if
+        fNumber is assumed to be a date, time or datetime value, but unknown
+        which. Originally introduced for Chart databrowser editor, probably
+        should not be used otherwise. */
+    sal_uInt32 GuessDateTimeFormat(SvNumFormatType& rType, double fNumber, LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /** Return the corresponding edit format of a format.
+
+        nFIndex, eType and pFormat (if not nullptr) are assumed to match each
+        other / be of one format. The locale to use is obtained from pFormat,
+        if nullptr then LANGUAGE_SYSTEM is used. This can be overridden by
+        specifying eForLocale other than LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW.
+     */
+    sal_uInt32 GetEditFormat(double fNumber, sal_uInt32 nFIndex, SvNumFormatType eType,
+                             SvNumberformat const* pFormat,
+                             LanguageType eForLocale = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /// Return the reference date
+    const Date& GetNullDate() const;
+    /// Return the standard decimal precision
+    sal_uInt16 GetStandardPrec() const;
+    /// Return whether zero suppression is switched on
+    bool GetNoZero() const;
+    /** Get the type of a format (or css::util::NumberFormat::UNDEFINED if no entry),
+         but with css::util::NumberFormat::DEFINED masked out */
+    SvNumFormatType GetType(sal_uInt32 nFIndex) const;
+
+    /// As the name says
+    void ClearMergeTable();
+    /// Merge in all new entries from rNewTable and return a table of resulting new format indices
+    SvNumberFormatterIndexTable* MergeFormatter(SvNumberFormatter& rNewTable);
+
+    /// Whether a merge table is present or not
+    bool HasMergeFormatTable() const;
+    /// Return the new format index for an old format index, if a merge table exists
+    sal_uInt32 GetMergeFormatIndex(sal_uInt32 nOldFmt) const;
+
+    /** Convert the ugly old tools' Table type bloated with new'ed sal_uInt32
+        entries merge table to ::std::map with old index key and new index key.
+        @ATTENTION! Also clears the old table using ClearMergeTable() */
+    SvNumberFormatterMergeMap ConvertMergeTableToMap();
+
+    /** Return the format index of a builtin format for a specific language/country.
+        If nFormat is not a builtin format nFormat is returned. */
+    sal_uInt32 GetFormatForLanguageIfBuiltIn(sal_uInt32 nFormat,
+                                             LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /** Return the format index for a builtin format of a specific language
+        @see NfIndexTableOffset
+     */
+    sal_uInt32 GetFormatIndex(NfIndexTableOffset, LanguageType eLnge = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW);
+
+    /** Return enum index of a format index of a builtin format,
+        NF_INDEX_TABLE_ENTRIES if it's not a builtin format.
+        @see NfIndexTableOffset
+     */
+    NfIndexTableOffset GetIndexTableOffset(sal_uInt32 nFormat) const;
+
+    /** Set evaluation type and order of input date strings
+        @see NfEvalDateFormat
+     */
+    void SetEvalDateFormat(NfEvalDateFormat eEDF);
+    NfEvalDateFormat GetEvalDateFormat() const;
+
+    /** Set TwoDigitYearStart, how the input string scanner handles a two digit year.
+        Default from VCL: 1930, 30-99 19xx, 00-29 20xx
+
+        <p> Historically (prior to src513e) it was a two digit number determining
+        until which number the string scanner recognizes a year to be 20xx,
+        default <= 29 is used by SFX/OfaMiscCfg.
+        The name Year2000 is kept although the actual functionality is now a
+        TwoDigitYearStart which might be in any century.
+     */
+    void SetYear2000(sal_uInt16 nVal);
+    sal_uInt16 GetYear2000() const;
+    static sal_uInt16 GetYear2000Default();
+
+    sal_uInt16 ExpandTwoDigitYear(sal_uInt16 nYear) const;
+    static sal_uInt16 ExpandTwoDigitYear(sal_uInt16 nYear, sal_uInt16 nTwoDigitYearStart);
+
+    /// Return the decimal separator matching the locale of the given format
+    OUString GetFormatDecimalSep(sal_uInt32 nFormat) const;
+
+    /// Return the decimal separator matching the given locale / LanguageType.
+    OUString GetLangDecimalSep(LanguageType nLang) const;
+
+    static void resetTheCurrencyTable();
+
+    /// Return a NfCurrencyTable with pointers to <type>NfCurrencyEntry</type> entries
+    static const NfCurrencyTable& GetTheCurrencyTable();
+
+    /** Searches, according to the default locale currency, an entry of the
+        CurrencyTable which is <bold>not</bold> the first (LANGUAGE_SYSTEM) entry.
+        @return
+            <NULL/> if not found
+            else pointer to NfCurrencyEntry
+     */
+    static const NfCurrencyEntry* MatchSystemCurrency();
+
+    /** Return a NfCurrencyEntry matching a language/country.
+        If language/country is LANGUAGE_SYSTEM a <method>MatchSystemCurrency</method>
+        call is tried to get an entry. If that fails or the corresponding
+        language/country is not present the entry for LANGUAGE_SYSTEM is returned.
+     */
+    static const NfCurrencyEntry& GetCurrencyEntry(LanguageType);
+
+    /** Return a NfCurrencyEntry pointer matching a language/country
+        and currency abbreviation (AKA banking symbol).
+        This method is meant for the configuration of the default currency.
+        @return
+            <NULL/> if not found
+            else pointer to NfCurrencyEntry
+     */
+    static const NfCurrencyEntry* GetCurrencyEntry(std::u16string_view rAbbrev, LanguageType eLang);
+
+    /** Return a NfCurrencyEntry pointer matching the symbol
+        combination of a LegacyOnly currency. Note that this means only that
+        the currency matching both symbols was once used in the Office, but is
+        not offered in dialogs anymore. It doesn't even mean that the currency
+        symbol combination is valid, since the reason for removing it may have
+        been just that. #i61657#
+        @return
+            A matching entry, or else <NULL/>.
+     */
+    static const NfCurrencyEntry* GetLegacyOnlyCurrencyEntry(std::u16string_view rSymbol,
+                                                             std::u16string_view rAbbrev);
+
+    /** Set the default system currency. The combination of abbreviation and
+        language must match an existent element of theCurrencyTable. If not,
+        the SYSTEM (current locale) entry becomes the default.
+        This method is meant for the configuration of the default currency.
+     */
+    static void SetDefaultSystemCurrency(std::u16string_view rAbbrev, LanguageType eLang);
+
+    /** Get all standard formats for a specific currency, formats are
+        appended to the NfWSStringsDtor list.
+        @param bBank
+            <TRUE/>: generate only format strings with currency abbreviation
+            <FALSE/>: mixed format strings
+        @return
+            position of default format
+     */
+    sal_uInt16 GetCurrencyFormatStrings(NfWSStringsDtor&, const NfCurrencyEntry&, bool bBank) const;
+
+    /** Whether nFormat is of type css::util::NumberFormat::CURRENCY and the format code
+        contains a new SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY and if so which one [$xxx-nnn].
+        If ppEntry is not NULL and exactly one entry is found, a [$xxx-nnn] is
+        returned, even if the format code only contains [$xxx] !
+     */
+    bool GetNewCurrencySymbolString(sal_uInt32 nFormat, OUString& rSymbol,
+                                    const NfCurrencyEntry** ppEntry, bool* pBank = nullptr) const;
+
+    /** Look up the corresponding NfCurrencyEntry matching
+        rSymbol (may be CurrencySymbol or CurrencyAbbreviation) and possibly
+        a rExtension (being yyy of [$xxx-yyy]) or a given language/country
+        value. Tries to match a rSymbol with rExtension first, then with
+         eFormatLanguage, then rSymbol only. This is because a currency entry
+        might have been constructed using I18N locale data where a used locale
+        of a currency format code must not necessarily match the locale of
+        the locale data itself, e.g. [$HK$-40C] (being "zh_HK" locale) in
+        zh_CN locale data. Here the rExtension would have the value 0x40c but
+         eFormatLanguage of the number format would have the value of zh_CN
+         locale, the value with which the corresponding CurrencyEntry is
+        constructed.
+
+        @param bFoundBank
+            Only used for output.
+             If the return value is not <NULL/> this value is set to <TRUE/> if
+             the matching entry was found by comparing rSymbol against the
+             CurrencyAbbreviation (AKA BankSymbol).
+             If the return value is <NULL/> the value of bFoundBank is undefined.
+        @param rSymbol
+            Currency symbol, preferably obtained of a format by a call to
+            <method>SvNumberformat::GetNewCurrencySymbol()</method>
+        @param rExtension
+            Currency extension, preferably obtained of a format by a call to
+            <method>SvNumberformat::GetNewCurrencySymbol()</method>
+        @param eFormatLanguage
+            The language/country value of the format of which rSymbol and
+            rExtension are obtained (<method>SvNumberformat::GetLanguage()</method>).
+        @param bOnlyStringLanguage
+            If <TRUE/> only entries with language/country of rExtension are
+            checked, no match on eFormatLanguage. If rExtension is empty all
+             entries are checked.
+        @return
+            The matching entry if unique (in which case bFoundBank is set),
+             else <NULL/>.
+     */
+    static const NfCurrencyEntry* GetCurrencyEntry(bool& bFoundBank, std::u16string_view rSymbol,
+                                                   std::u16string_view rExtension,
+                                                   LanguageType eFormatLanguage,
+                                                   bool bOnlyStringLanguage = false);
+
+    /// Get compatibility ("automatic" old style) currency from I18N locale data
+    void GetCompatibilityCurrency(OUString& rSymbol, OUString& rAbbrev) const;
+
+    /// Fill rList with the language/country codes that have been allocated
+    void GetUsedLanguages(std::vector<LanguageType>& rList);
+
+    /// Fill a NfKeywordIndex table with keywords of a language/country
+    void FillKeywordTable(NfKeywordTable& rKeywords, LanguageType eLang);
+
+    /** Fill a NfKeywordIndex table with keywords usable in Excel export with
+        GetFormatStringForExcel() or SvNumberformat::GetMappedFormatstring() */
+    void FillKeywordTableForExcel(NfKeywordTable& rKeywords);
+
+    /** Return a format code string suitable for Excel export.
+
+        @param  rTempFormatter
+                SvNumberFormatter to use if a non-en-US format code needs to be
+                converted and put, should not be the same formatter to not
+                pollute the entries of this one here.
+     */
+    OUString GetFormatStringForExcel(sal_uInt32 nKey, const NfKeywordTable& rKeywords,
+                                     SvNumberFormatter& rTempFormatter) const;
+
+    /** Return a keyword for a language/country and NfKeywordIndex
+        for XML import, to generate number format strings. */
+    OUString GetKeyword(LanguageType eLnge, sal_uInt16 nIndex);
+
+    /** Return the GENERAL keyword in proper case ("General") for a
+        language/country, used in XML import */
+    OUString GetStandardName(LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    /** Check if a specific locale has supported locale data. */
+    static bool IsLocaleInstalled(LanguageType eLang);
+
+    /** Obtain NfKeywordTable used with a format, possibly localized.
+
+        XXX NOTE: the content (actual keywords) is only valid as long as the
+        locale context of the associated ImpSvNumberformatScan instance does
+        not change to a locale with different keywords, which may happen
+        anytime with a call (implicit or explicit) to
+        SvNumberFormatter::ChangeIntl(). If needed longer, copy-create another
+        NfKeywordTable instance or copy individual elements.
+
+        If the format specified with nKey does not exist, the content of the
+        NfKeywordTable matches the locale with which the SvNumberFormatter
+        instance was created and initialized.
+
+        This function preliminary exists for unit tests and otherwise is
+        pretty much useless.
+     */
+    const NfKeywordTable& GetKeywords(sal_uInt32 nKey);
+
+    /** Access for unit tests. */
+    const NfKeywordTable& GetEnglishKeywords() const;
+
+    /** Access for unit tests. */
+    const std::vector<Color>& GetStandardColors() const;
+
+    /** Access for unit tests. */
+    size_t GetMaxDefaultColors() const;
+
+    struct InputScannerPrivateAccess
+    {
+        friend class ImpSvNumberInputScan;
+
+    private:
+        InputScannerPrivateAccess() {}
+    };
+    /** Access for input scanner to temporarily (!) switch locales. */
+    OnDemandLocaleDataWrapper& GetOnDemandLocaleDataWrapper(const InputScannerPrivateAccess&)
+    {
+        return xLocaleData;
+    }
+
+private:
+    mutable ::osl::Mutex m_aMutex;
+    css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext> m_xContext;
+    LanguageTag maLanguageTag;
+    std::map<sal_uInt32, std::unique_ptr<SvNumberformat>>
+        aFTable; // Table of format keys to format entries
+    typedef std::map<sal_uInt32, sal_uInt32> DefaultFormatKeysMap;
+    DefaultFormatKeysMap aDefaultFormatKeys; // Table of default standard to format keys
+    std::unique_ptr<SvNumberFormatTable> pFormatTable; // For the UI dialog
+    std::unique_ptr<SvNumberFormatterIndexTable>
+        pMergeTable; // List of indices for merging two formatters
+    OnDemandCharClass xCharClass; // CharacterClassification
+    OnDemandLocaleDataWrapper xLocaleData; // LocaleData switched between SYSTEM, ENGLISH and other
+    OnDemandTransliterationWrapper xTransliteration; // Transliteration loaded on demand
+    OnDemandCalendarWrapper xCalendar; // Calendar loaded on demand
+    OnDemandNativeNumberWrapper xNatNum; // Native number service loaded on demand
+    std::unique_ptr<ImpSvNumberInputScan> pStringScanner; // Input string scanner
+    std::unique_ptr<ImpSvNumberformatScan> pFormatScanner; // Format code string scanner
+    Link<sal_uInt16, Color*> aColorLink; // User defined color table CallBack
+    sal_uInt32 MaxCLOffset; // Max language/country offset used
+    sal_uInt32 nDefaultSystemCurrencyFormat; // NewCurrency matching SYSTEM locale
+    LanguageType IniLnge; // Initialized setting language/country
+    LanguageType ActLnge; // Current setting language/country
+    NfEvalDateFormat eEvalDateFormat; // DateFormat evaluation
+    bool bNoZero; // Zero value suppression
+
+    // cached locale data items needed almost any time
+    OUString aDecimalSep;
+    OUString aDecimalSepAlt;
+    OUString aThousandSep;
+    OUString aDateSep;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static volatile bool bCurrencyTableInitialized;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static sal_uInt16 nSystemCurrencyPosition;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl* pFormatterRegistry;
+
+    // get the registry, create one if none exists
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl& GetFormatterRegistry();
+
+    // called by ctors
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpConstruct(LanguageType eLang);
+
+    // Generate builtin formats provided by i18n behind CLOffset,
+    // if bNoAdditionalFormats==false also generate additional i18n formats.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGenerateFormats(sal_uInt32 CLOffset, bool bNoAdditionalFormats);
+
+    // Generate additional formats provided by i18n
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGenerateAdditionalFormats(
+        sal_uInt32 CLOffset,
+        css::uno::Reference<css::i18n::XNumberFormatCode> const& rNumberFormatCode,
+        bool bAfterChangingSystemCL);
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE SvNumberformat* ImpInsertFormat(const css::i18n::NumberFormatCode& rCode,
+                                                   sal_uInt32 nPos,
+                                                   bool bAfterChangingSystemCL = false,
+                                                   sal_Int16 nOrgIndex = 0);
+
+    // Return CLOffset or (MaxCLOffset + SV_COUNTRY_LANGUAGE_OFFSET) if new language/country
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt32 ImpGetCLOffset(LanguageType eLnge) const;
+
+    // Test whether format code already exists, then return index key,
+    // otherwise NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt32 ImpIsEntry(std::u16string_view rString, sal_uInt32 CLOffset,
+                                         LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    // Create builtin formats for language/country if necessary, return CLOffset
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt32 ImpGenerateCL(LanguageType eLnge);
+
+    // Create theCurrencyTable with all <type>NfCurrencyEntry</type>
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static void ImpInitCurrencyTable();
+
+    // Return the format index of the currency format of the system locale.
+    // Format is created if not already present.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt32 ImpGetDefaultSystemCurrencyFormat();
+
+    // Return the format index of the currency format of the current locale.
+    // Format is created if not already present.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt32 ImpGetDefaultCurrencyFormat();
+
+    // Return the default format for a given type and current locale.
+    // May ONLY be called from within GetStandardFormat().
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt32 ImpGetDefaultFormat(SvNumFormatType nType);
+
+    // Return the index in a sequence of format codes matching an enum of
+    // NfIndexTableOffset. If not found 0 is returned. If the sequence doesn't
+    // contain any format code elements a default element is created and inserted.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_Int32 ImpGetFormatCodeIndex(
+        css::uno::Sequence<css::i18n::NumberFormatCode>& rSeq, const NfIndexTableOffset nTabOff);
+
+    // Adjust a sequence of format codes to contain only one (THE) default
+    // instead of multiple defaults for short/medium/long types.
+    // If there is no medium but a short and a long default the long is taken.
+    // Non-PRODUCT version may check locale data for matching defaults in one
+    // FormatElement group.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpAdjustFormatCodeDefault(css::i18n::NumberFormatCode* pFormatArr,
+                                                   sal_Int32 nCount);
+
+    // Obtain the format entry for a given key index.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE SvNumberformat* GetFormatEntry(sal_uInt32 nKey);
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE const SvNumberformat* GetFormatEntry(sal_uInt32 nKey) const;
+
+    // used as a loop body inside of GetNewCurrencySymbolString() and GetCurrencyEntry()
+    static bool ImpLookupCurrencyEntryLoopBody(const NfCurrencyEntry*& pFoundEntry,
+                                               bool& bFoundBank, const NfCurrencyEntry* pData,
+                                               sal_uInt16 nPos, std::u16string_view rSymbol);
+
+    // link to be set at <method>SvtSysLocaleOptions::SetCurrencyChangeLink()</method>
+    DECL_DLLPRIVATE_STATIC_LINK(SvNumberFormatter, CurrencyChangeLink, LinkParamNone*, void);
+
+    // return position of a special character
+    sal_Int32 ImpPosToken(const OUStringBuffer& sFormat, sal_Unicode token,
+                          sal_Int32 nStartPos = 0) const;
+
+    // Substitute a format during GetFormatEntry(), i.e. system formats.
+    SvNumberformat* ImpSubstituteEntry(SvNumberformat* pFormat, sal_uInt32* o_pRealKey = nullptr);
+
+    // own mutex, may also be used by internal class SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl
+    static ::osl::Mutex& GetGlobalMutex();
+    ::osl::Mutex& GetInstanceMutex() const { return m_aMutex; }
+
+public:
+    // called by SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl::Notify if the default system currency changes
+    void ResetDefaultSystemCurrency();
+
+    // Called by SvNumberFormatterRegistry_Impl::Notify if the system locale's
+    // date acceptance patterns change.
+    void InvalidateDateAcceptancePatterns();
+
+    // Replace the SYSTEM language/country format codes. Called upon change of
+    // the user configurable locale.
+    // Old compatibility codes are replaced, user defined are converted, and
+    // new format codes are appended.
+    void ReplaceSystemCL(LanguageType eOldLanguage);
+
+    const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& GetComponentContext() const;
+
+    //! The following method is not to be used from outside but must be
+    //! public for the InputScanner.
+    // return the current FormatScanner
+    const ImpSvNumberformatScan* GetFormatScanner() const;
+
+    //! The following methods are not to be used from outside but must be
+    //! public for the InputScanner and FormatScanner.
+
+    // return current (!) Locale
+    const LanguageTag& GetLanguageTag() const;
+
+    // return corresponding Transliteration wrapper
+    const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper* GetTransliteration() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding CharacterClassification wrapper
+    const CharClass* GetCharClass() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding LocaleData wrapper
+    const LocaleDataWrapper* GetLocaleData() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding Calendar wrapper
+    CalendarWrapper* GetCalendar() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding NativeNumberSupplier wrapper
+    const NativeNumberWrapper* GetNatNum() const;
+
+    // cached locale data items
+
+    // return the corresponding decimal separator
+    const OUString& GetNumDecimalSep() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding decimal separator alternative
+    const OUString& GetNumDecimalSepAlt() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding group (AKA thousand) separator
+    const OUString& GetNumThousandSep() const;
+
+    // return the corresponding date separator
+    const OUString& GetDateSep() const;
+
+    // checks for decimal separator and optional alternative
+    bool IsDecimalSep(std::u16string_view rStr) const;
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/numuno.hxx b/include/svl/numuno.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7c0419418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/numuno.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_NUMUNO_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_NUMUNO_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/XNumberFormatsSupplier.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/lang/XUnoTunnel.hpp>
+#include <comphelper/servicehelper.hxx>
+#include <cppuhelper/implbase2.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+class SvNumberFormatter;
+class SvNumFmtSuppl_Impl;
+
+namespace comphelper
+{
+    class SharedMutex;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Factory for XNumberFormats objects.
+ * Implements XAggregation because it is aggregated to ScModelObj
+ */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvNumberFormatsSupplierObj : public cppu::WeakAggImplHelper2<
+                                    css::util::XNumberFormatsSupplier,
+                                    css::lang::XUnoTunnel>
+{
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<SvNumFmtSuppl_Impl> pImpl;
+
+public:
+                                SvNumberFormatsSupplierObj();
+                                SvNumberFormatsSupplierObj(SvNumberFormatter* pForm);
+    virtual                     ~SvNumberFormatsSupplierObj() override;
+
+    void                        SetNumberFormatter(SvNumberFormatter* pNew);
+    SvNumberFormatter*          GetNumberFormatter() const;
+
+                                // XNumberFormatsSupplier
+    virtual css::uno::Reference< css::beans::XPropertySet > SAL_CALL
+                                getNumberFormatSettings() override;
+    virtual css::uno::Reference< css::util::XNumberFormats > SAL_CALL
+                                getNumberFormats() override;
+
+                                // XUnoTunnel
+    UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_DECL(SvNumberFormatsSupplierObj)
+
+    ::comphelper::SharedMutex&  getSharedMutex() const;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_NUMUNO_HXX
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/ondemand.hxx b/include/svl/ondemand.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a0a91b182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/ondemand.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.hxx>
+#include <i18nlangtag/lang.h>
+#include <i18nutil/transliteration.hxx>
+#include <unotools/syslocale.hxx>
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/calendarwrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/transliterationwrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/nativenumberwrapper.hxx>
+#include <unotools/charclass.hxx>
+#include <optional>
+
+/*
+    On demand instantiation and initialization of several i18n wrappers,
+    helping the number formatter to not perform worse than it already does.
+ */
+
+/** @short
+    Switch between LANGUAGE_SYSTEM and LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US and any other
+    LocaleDataWrapper.
+    SvNumberformatter uses it upon switching locales.
+
+    @descr
+    Avoids reloading and analysing of locale data again and again.
+
+    @ATTENTION
+    If the default ctor is used the init() method MUST be called before
+    accessing any locale data. The passed parameters Locale and LanguageType
+    must match each other.
+ */
+
+class OnDemandLocaleDataWrapper
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext> m_xContext;
+    SvtSysLocale aSysLocale;
+    LanguageType eCurrentLanguage;
+    LanguageType eLastAnyLanguage;
+    std::optional<LocaleDataWrapper> moEnglish;
+    std::optional<LocaleDataWrapper> moAny;
+    int nCurrent; // 0 == system, 1 == english, 2 == any
+    bool bInitialized;
+
+public:
+    OnDemandLocaleDataWrapper()
+        : eLastAnyLanguage(LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW)
+        , nCurrent(0)
+        , bInitialized(false)
+    {
+        eCurrentLanguage = LANGUAGE_SYSTEM;
+    }
+
+    bool isInitialized() const { return bInitialized; }
+
+    void init(const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& rxContext,
+              const LanguageTag& rLanguageTag)
+    {
+        m_xContext = rxContext;
+        changeLocale(rLanguageTag);
+        bInitialized = true;
+    }
+
+    void changeLocale(const LanguageTag& rLanguageTag)
+    {
+        LanguageType eLang = rLanguageTag.getLanguageType(false);
+        if (eLang == LANGUAGE_SYSTEM)
+            nCurrent = 0;
+        else if (eLang == LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US)
+        {
+            if (!moEnglish)
+                moEnglish.emplace(m_xContext, rLanguageTag);
+            nCurrent = 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (!moAny)
+            {
+                moAny.emplace(m_xContext, rLanguageTag);
+                eLastAnyLanguage = eLang;
+            }
+            else if (eLastAnyLanguage != eLang)
+            {
+                moAny.emplace(m_xContext, rLanguageTag);
+                eLastAnyLanguage = eLang;
+            }
+            nCurrent = 2;
+        }
+        eCurrentLanguage = eLang;
+    }
+
+    LanguageType getCurrentLanguage() const { return eCurrentLanguage; }
+
+    const LocaleDataWrapper* get() const
+    {
+        switch (nCurrent)
+        {
+            case 0:
+                return &aSysLocale.GetLocaleData();
+            case 1:
+                return &*moEnglish;
+            case 2:
+                return &*moAny;
+            default:
+                assert(false);
+                return nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    const LocaleDataWrapper* operator->() const { return get(); }
+    const LocaleDataWrapper& operator*() const { return *get(); }
+};
+
+/** Load a calendar only if it's needed. Keep calendar for "en-US" locale
+    separately, as there can be alternation between locale dependent and
+    locale independent formats.
+    SvNumberformatter uses it upon switching locales.
+
+    @ATTENTION If the default ctor is used the init() method MUST be called
+    before accessing the calendar.
+ */
+class OnDemandCalendarWrapper
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext> m_xContext;
+    css::lang::Locale aEnglishLocale;
+    css::lang::Locale aLocale;
+    mutable css::lang::Locale aLastAnyLocale;
+    mutable std::optional<CalendarWrapper> moEnglish;
+    mutable std::optional<CalendarWrapper> moAny;
+
+public:
+    OnDemandCalendarWrapper()
+    {
+        LanguageTag aEnglishLanguageTag(LANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US);
+        aEnglishLocale = aEnglishLanguageTag.getLocale();
+        aLastAnyLocale = aEnglishLocale;
+    }
+
+    void init(const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& rxContext,
+              const css::lang::Locale& rLocale)
+    {
+        m_xContext = rxContext;
+        changeLocale(rLocale);
+        moEnglish.reset();
+        moAny.reset();
+    }
+
+    void changeLocale(const css::lang::Locale& rLocale) { aLocale = rLocale; }
+
+    CalendarWrapper* get() const
+    {
+        CalendarWrapper* pPtr;
+        if (aLocale == aEnglishLocale)
+        {
+            if (!moEnglish)
+            {
+                moEnglish.emplace(m_xContext);
+                moEnglish->loadDefaultCalendar(aEnglishLocale);
+            }
+            pPtr = &*moEnglish;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (!moAny)
+            {
+                moAny.emplace(m_xContext);
+                moAny->loadDefaultCalendar(aLocale);
+                aLastAnyLocale = aLocale;
+            }
+            else if (aLocale != aLastAnyLocale)
+            {
+                moAny->loadDefaultCalendar(aLocale);
+                aLastAnyLocale = aLocale;
+            }
+            pPtr = &*moAny;
+        }
+        return pPtr;
+    }
+};
+
+/** Load a transliteration only if it's needed.
+    SvNumberformatter uses it upon switching locales.
+    @ATTENTION If the default ctor is used the init() method MUST be called
+    before accessing the transliteration.
+ */
+class OnDemandTransliterationWrapper
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext> m_xContext;
+    LanguageType eLanguage;
+    TransliterationFlags nType;
+    mutable std::optional<::utl::TransliterationWrapper> moTransliterate;
+    mutable bool bValid;
+    bool bInitialized;
+
+public:
+    OnDemandTransliterationWrapper()
+        : eLanguage(LANGUAGE_SYSTEM)
+        , nType(TransliterationFlags::NONE)
+        , bValid(false)
+        , bInitialized(false)
+    {
+    }
+
+    bool isInitialized() const { return bInitialized; }
+
+    void init(const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& rxContext, LanguageType eLang)
+    {
+        m_xContext = rxContext;
+        nType = TransliterationFlags::IGNORE_CASE;
+        changeLocale(eLang);
+        moTransliterate.reset();
+        bInitialized = true;
+    }
+
+    void changeLocale(LanguageType eLang)
+    {
+        bValid = false;
+        eLanguage = eLang;
+    }
+
+    const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper* get() const
+    {
+        if (!bValid)
+        {
+            if (!moTransliterate)
+                moTransliterate.emplace(m_xContext, nType);
+            moTransliterate->loadModuleIfNeeded(eLanguage);
+            bValid = true;
+        }
+        return &*moTransliterate;
+    }
+
+    const ::utl::TransliterationWrapper* operator->() const { return get(); }
+};
+
+/** Load a native number service wrapper only if it's needed.
+    SvNumberformatter uses it.
+
+    @ATTENTION
+    If the default ctor is used the init() method MUST be called
+    before accessing the native number supplier.
+ */
+class OnDemandNativeNumberWrapper
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext> m_xContext;
+    mutable std::optional<NativeNumberWrapper> moNativeNumber;
+
+public:
+    OnDemandNativeNumberWrapper() {}
+
+    void init(const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& rxContext)
+    {
+        m_xContext = rxContext;
+        moNativeNumber.reset();
+    }
+
+    NativeNumberWrapper* get() const
+    {
+        if (!moNativeNumber)
+            moNativeNumber.emplace(m_xContext);
+        return &*moNativeNumber;
+    }
+};
+
+/** @short
+    SvNumberformatter uses it upon switching locales.
+
+    @descr
+    Avoids reloading and analysing of locale data again and again.
+
+    @ATTENTION
+    If the default ctor is used the init() method MUST be called before
+    accessing any locale data.
+ */
+
+class OnDemandCharClass
+{
+    std::optional<CharClass> moCharClass1;
+    std::optional<CharClass> moCharClass2;
+    int nCurrent; // -1 == uninitialised, 0 == class1, 1 == class2
+
+public:
+    OnDemandCharClass()
+        : nCurrent(-1)
+    {
+    }
+
+    void changeLocale(const css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XComponentContext>& xContext,
+                      const LanguageTag& rLanguageTag)
+    {
+        // check for existing match
+        if (moCharClass1 && moCharClass1->getLanguageTag() == rLanguageTag)
+        {
+            nCurrent = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+        if (moCharClass2 && moCharClass2->getLanguageTag() == rLanguageTag)
+        {
+            nCurrent = 1;
+            return;
+        }
+        // no match - update one the current entries
+        if (nCurrent == -1 || nCurrent == 1)
+        {
+            moCharClass1.emplace(xContext, rLanguageTag);
+            nCurrent = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            moCharClass2.emplace(xContext, rLanguageTag);
+            nCurrent = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    const CharClass* get() const
+    {
+        switch (nCurrent)
+        {
+            case 0:
+                return &*moCharClass1;
+            case 1:
+                return &*moCharClass2;
+            default:
+                assert(false);
+                return nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+    const CharClass* operator->() const { return get(); }
+    const CharClass& operator*() const { return *get(); }
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/outstrm.hxx b/include/svl/outstrm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f85b26515d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/outstrm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_OUTSTRM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_OUTSTRM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.h>
+#include <tools/stream.hxx>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::io
+{
+class XOutputStream;
+}
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvOutputStream final : public SvStream
+{
+    css::uno::Reference<css::io::XOutputStream> m_xStream;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual std::size_t GetData(void*, std::size_t) override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual std::size_t PutData(void const* pData, std::size_t nSize) override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual sal_uInt64 SeekPos(sal_uInt64) override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual void FlushData() override;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE virtual void SetSize(sal_uInt64) override;
+
+public:
+    SvOutputStream(css::uno::Reference<css::io::XOutputStream> xTheStream);
+
+    virtual ~SvOutputStream() override;
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_OUTSTRM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/ownlist.hxx b/include/svl/ownlist.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd93e6436a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/ownlist.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_OWNLIST_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_OWNLIST_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::beans { struct PropertyValue; }
+namespace com::sun::star::uno { template <typename > class Sequence; }
+
+class SvCommand
+/*
+    Contains a string that defines the command and another string for the
+    command arguments. If such a command were given in the command line,
+    it would look like this: command = argument
+*/
+{
+    OUString aCommand;
+    OUString aArgument;
+public:
+    SvCommand( const OUString & rCommand, const OUString & rArg )
+                    {
+                        aCommand = rCommand;
+                        aArgument = rArg;
+                    }
+    const OUString & GetCommand() const { return aCommand; }
+    const OUString & GetArgument() const { return aArgument; }
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvCommandList
+/*
+  The list contains objects of type SvCommand.
+  If an object is inserted, it is copied and inserted at the end
+  of the list.
+ */
+{
+private:
+    ::std::vector< SvCommand >  aCommandList;
+
+public:
+    void           Append( const OUString & rCommand, const OUString & rArg );
+
+    void FillFromSequence( const css::uno::Sequence < css::beans::PropertyValue >& );
+    void FillSequence( css::uno::Sequence < css::beans::PropertyValue >& ) const;
+
+    size_t          size() const { return aCommandList.size(); }
+
+    SvCommand const & operator[]( size_t i) {
+                        return aCommandList[ i ];
+                    }
+
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_OWNLIST_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/pickerhistoryaccess.hxx b/include/svl/pickerhistoryaccess.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e855f17af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/pickerhistoryaccess.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_PICKERHISTORYACCESS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_PICKERHISTORYACCESS_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.hxx>
+
+
+namespace svt
+{
+
+
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC void addFolderPicker(
+        const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >& _rxPicker );
+
+    SVL_DLLPUBLIC void addFilePicker(
+        const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >& _rxPicker );
+
+
+}   // namespace svt
+
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_PICKERHISTORYACCESS_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/poolitem.hxx b/include/svl/poolitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af993096e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/poolitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_POOLITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_POOLITEM_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Any.hxx>
+#include <svl/hint.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/typedwhich.hxx>
+#include <tools/mapunit.hxx>
+#include <tools/long.hxx>
+#include <boost/property_tree/ptree_fwd.hpp>
+
+class IntlWrapper;
+
+#define SFX_ITEMS_OLD_MAXREF                0xffef
+#define SFX_ITEMS_MAXREF                    0xfffffffe
+
+#define CONVERT_TWIPS                       0x80    // Uno conversion for measurement (for MemberId)
+
+// warning, if there is no boolean inside the any this will always return the value false
+inline bool Any2Bool( const css::uno::Any&rValue )
+{
+    bool bValue = false;
+    if( !(rValue >>= bValue) )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 nNum = 0;
+        if( rValue >>= nNum )
+            bValue = nNum != 0;
+    }
+
+    return bValue;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The values of this enum describe the degree of textual
+ * representation of an item after calling the virtual
+ * method <SfxPoolItem::GetPresentation()const>.
+ */
+enum class SfxItemPresentation
+{
+    Nameless,
+    Complete
+};
+
+/**
+ * These values have to match the values in the
+ * css::frame::status::ItemState IDL
+ * to be found at offapi/com/sun/star/frame/status/ItemState.idl
+*/
+enum class SfxItemState {
+
+    /** Specifies an unknown state. */
+    UNKNOWN  = 0,
+
+    /** Specifies that the property is currently disabled. */
+    DISABLED = 0x0001,
+
+    /** Specifies that the property is currently in a don't care state.
+     * <br/>
+     * This is normally used if a selection provides more than one state
+     * for a property at the same time.
+     */
+    DONTCARE = 0x0010,
+
+    /** Specifies that the property is currently in a default state. */
+    DEFAULT  = 0x0020,
+
+    /** The property has been explicitly set to a given value hence we know
+     * we are not taking the default value.
+     * <br/>
+     * For example, you may want to get the font color and it might either
+     * be the default one or one that has been explicitly set.
+    */
+    SET      = 0x0040
+};
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getAllocatedSfxPoolItemCount();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC size_t getUsedSfxPoolItemCount();
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC void listAllocatedSfxPoolItems();
+#endif
+
+class SfxItemPool;
+class SfxItemSet;
+typedef struct _xmlTextWriter* xmlTextWriterPtr;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxPoolItem
+{
+    friend class SfxItemPool;
+    friend class SfxItemDisruptor_Impl;
+    friend class SfxItemSet;
+
+    // allow ItemSetTooling to access
+    friend SfxPoolItem const* implCreateItemEntry(SfxItemPool&, SfxPoolItem const*, sal_uInt16, bool);
+    friend void implCleanupItemEntry(SfxItemPool&, SfxPoolItem const*);
+
+    mutable sal_uInt32 m_nRefCount;
+    sal_uInt16  m_nWhich;
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    // for debugging add a serial number, will be set in the constructor
+    // and count up from zero. If you have a deterministic error case and
+    // see the Item involved in the debugger you can  use that number in
+    // the next run to see where that Item gets constructed and how it is
+    // involved/ processed
+    sal_uInt32  m_nSerialNumber;
+#endif
+
+    // bitfield for flags (instead of SfxItemKind)
+    bool        m_bIsVoidItem : 1;          // bit 0
+    bool        m_bStaticDefault : 1;       // bit 1
+    bool        m_bPoolDefault : 1;         // bit 2
+    bool        m_bRegisteredAtPool : 1;    // bit 3
+    bool        m_bExceptionalSCItem : 1;   // bit 4
+    bool        m_bIsSetItem : 1;           // bit 5
+
+protected:
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    // this flag will make debugging item stuff much simpler
+    bool        m_bDeleted : 1;             // bit 6
+#endif
+
+private:
+    inline void SetRefCount(sal_uInt32 n)
+    {
+        m_nRefCount = n;
+        m_bStaticDefault = m_bPoolDefault = false;
+    }
+
+protected:
+    void setIsVoidItem() { m_bIsVoidItem = true; }
+    void setStaticDefault() { m_bStaticDefault = true; }
+    void setPoolDefault() { m_bPoolDefault = true; }
+    void setRegisteredAtPool(bool bNew) { m_bRegisteredAtPool = bNew; }
+    void setExceptionalSCItem() { m_bExceptionalSCItem = true; }
+    void setIsSetItem() { m_bIsSetItem = true; }
+
+public:
+    inline void AddRef(sal_uInt32 n = 1) const
+    {
+        assert(m_nRefCount <= SFX_ITEMS_MAXREF && "AddRef with non-Pool-Item");
+        assert(n <= SFX_ITEMS_MAXREF - m_nRefCount && "AddRef: refcount overflow");
+        m_nRefCount += n;
+    }
+
+#ifdef DBG_UTIL
+    sal_uInt32 getSerialNumber() const { return m_nSerialNumber; }
+#endif
+
+    bool isVoidItem() const { return m_bIsVoidItem; }
+    bool isStaticDefault() const { return m_bStaticDefault; }
+    bool isPoolDefault() const { return m_bPoolDefault; }
+    bool isRegisteredAtPool() const { return m_bRegisteredAtPool; }
+    bool isExceptionalSCItem() const { return m_bExceptionalSCItem; }
+    bool isSetItem() const { return m_bIsSetItem; }
+
+    // version that allows nullptrs
+    static bool areSame(const SfxPoolItem* pItem1, const SfxPoolItem* pItem2);
+
+    // if you have the items (not nullptrs) use this version
+    static bool areSame(const SfxPoolItem& rItem1, const SfxPoolItem& rItem2);
+
+private:
+    inline sal_uInt32 ReleaseRef(sal_uInt32 n = 1) const
+    {
+        assert(m_nRefCount <= SFX_ITEMS_MAXREF && "ReleaseRef with non-Pool-Item");
+        assert(n <= m_nRefCount);
+        m_nRefCount -= n;
+        return m_nRefCount;
+    }
+
+protected:
+                             explicit SfxPoolItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich = 0 );
+                             SfxPoolItem( const SfxPoolItem& rCopy)
+                                 : SfxPoolItem(rCopy.m_nWhich) {}
+
+public:
+    virtual                  ~SfxPoolItem();
+
+    void                     SetWhich( sal_uInt16 nId )
+                             {
+                                 // can only change the Which before we are in a set
+                                 assert(m_nRefCount==0);
+                                 m_nWhich = nId;
+                             }
+    sal_uInt16               Which() const { return m_nWhich; }
+    // StaticWhichCast asserts if the TypedWhichId is not matching its type, otherwise it returns a reference.
+    // You can use StaticWhichCast when you are sure about the type at compile time -- like a static_cast.
+    template<class T> T& StaticWhichCast(TypedWhichId<T> nId)
+    {
+        (void)nId;
+        assert(nId == m_nWhich);
+        assert(dynamic_cast<T*>(this));
+        return *static_cast<T*>(this);
+    }
+    template<class T> const T& StaticWhichCast(TypedWhichId<T> nId) const
+    {
+        (void)nId;
+        assert(nId == m_nWhich);
+        assert(dynamic_cast<const T*>(this));
+        return *static_cast<const T*>(this);
+    }
+    // DynamicWhichCast returns nullptr if the TypedWhichId is not matching its type, otherwise it returns a typed pointer.
+    // it asserts if the TypedWhichId matches its Which, but not the RTTI type.
+    // You can use DynamicWhichCast when you are not sure about the type at compile time -- like a dynamic_cast.
+    template<class T> T* DynamicWhichCast(TypedWhichId<T> nId)
+    {
+        if(m_nWhich != nId)
+            return nullptr;
+        assert(dynamic_cast<T*>(this));
+        return static_cast<T*>(this);
+    }
+    template<class T> const T* DynamicWhichCast(TypedWhichId<T> nId) const
+    {
+        if(m_nWhich != nId)
+            return nullptr;
+        assert(dynamic_cast<const T*>(this));
+        return static_cast<const T*>(this);
+    }
+    virtual bool             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const = 0;
+    bool                     operator!=( const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) const
+                             { return !(*this == rItem); }
+
+    /**  @return true if it has a valid string representation */
+    virtual bool             GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePresentation,
+                                    MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                    MapUnit ePresentationMetric,
+                                    OUString &rText,
+                                    const IntlWrapper& rIntlWrapper ) const;
+
+    virtual void             ScaleMetrics( tools::Long lMult, tools::Long lDiv );
+    virtual bool             HasMetrics() const;
+
+    virtual bool             QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const;
+    virtual bool             PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId );
+
+    virtual SfxPoolItem*     Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const = 0;
+    // clone and call SetWhich
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxPoolItem> CloneSetWhich( sal_uInt16 nNewWhich ) const;
+    template<class T> std::unique_ptr<T> CloneSetWhich( TypedWhichId<T> nId ) const
+    {
+        return std::unique_ptr<T>(static_cast<T*>(CloneSetWhich(sal_uInt16(nId)).release()));
+    }
+
+    sal_uInt32               GetRefCount() const { return m_nRefCount; }
+    virtual void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const;
+    virtual boost::property_tree::ptree dumpAsJSON() const;
+
+private:
+    SfxPoolItem&             operator=( const SfxPoolItem& ) = delete;
+};
+
+
+
+inline bool IsPoolDefaultItem(const SfxPoolItem *pItem )
+{
+    return pItem && pItem->isPoolDefault();
+}
+
+inline bool IsStaticDefaultItem(const SfxPoolItem *pItem )
+{
+    return pItem && pItem->isStaticDefault();
+}
+
+inline bool IsDefaultItem( const SfxPoolItem *pItem )
+{
+    return pItem && (pItem->isPoolDefault() || pItem->isStaticDefault());
+}
+
+inline bool IsPooledItem( const SfxPoolItem *pItem )
+{
+    return pItem && pItem->GetRefCount() > 0 && pItem->GetRefCount() <= SFX_ITEMS_MAXREF;
+}
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC extern SfxPoolItem const * const INVALID_POOL_ITEM;
+
+inline bool IsInvalidItem(const SfxPoolItem *pItem)
+{
+    return pItem == INVALID_POOL_ITEM;
+}
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC bool areSfxPoolItemPtrsEqual(const SfxPoolItem* pItem1, const SfxPoolItem* pItem2);
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxPoolItemHint final : public SfxHint
+{
+    SfxPoolItem* pObj;
+public:
+    explicit SfxPoolItemHint( SfxPoolItem* Object ) : pObj(Object) {}
+    SfxPoolItem* GetObject() const { return pObj; }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/ptitem.hxx b/include/svl/ptitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ceb394106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/ptitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_PTITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_PTITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <tools/debug.hxx>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxPointItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    Point                    aVal;
+
+public:
+                             static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+                             SfxPointItem();
+                             SfxPointItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, const Point& rVal );
+
+    virtual bool             GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                  MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                  MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                  OUString &rText,
+                                  const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+
+    virtual SfxPointItem*    Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+
+    const Point&             GetValue() const { return aVal; }
+            void             SetValue( const Point& rNewVal ) {
+                                 DBG_ASSERT( GetRefCount() == 0, "SetValue() with pooled item" );
+                                 aVal = rNewVal;
+                             }
+
+    virtual bool             QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+    virtual bool             PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/rectitem.hxx b/include/svl/rectitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26c2acd37b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/rectitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_RECTITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_RECTITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/gen.hxx>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxRectangleItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    tools::Rectangle                maVal;
+
+public:
+                             static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+                             SfxRectangleItem();
+                             SfxRectangleItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, const tools::Rectangle& rVal );
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                  MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                  MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                  OUString &rText,
+                                  const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool             operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual SfxRectangleItem* Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+
+    const tools::Rectangle&         GetValue() const { return maVal; }
+    virtual bool             QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+    virtual bool             PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                          sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/rngitem.hxx b/include/svl/rngitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e8caf9374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/rngitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_RNGITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_RNGITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+class SvStream;
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxRangeItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+private:
+    sal_uInt16                  nFrom;
+    sal_uInt16                  nTo;
+public:
+                                SfxRangeItem( sal_uInt16 nWID, sal_uInt16 nFrom, sal_uInt16 nTo );
+    virtual bool                operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual bool GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                  MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                  MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                  OUString &rText,
+                                  const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+    virtual SfxRangeItem*       Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/setitem.hxx b/include/svl/setitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69ebea4b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/setitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/itemset.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxSetItem : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    SfxItemSet maSet;
+
+    SfxSetItem& operator=(const SfxSetItem&) = delete;
+
+public:
+    SfxSetItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich, SfxItemSet&& pSet);
+    SfxSetItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich, const SfxItemSet& rSet);
+    SfxSetItem(const SfxSetItem&, SfxItemPool* pPool = nullptr);
+
+    virtual bool operator==(const SfxPoolItem&) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation ePres, MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                 MapUnit ePresMetric, OUString& rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&) const override;
+
+    // create a copy of itself
+    virtual SfxSetItem* Clone(SfxItemPool* pPool = nullptr) const override = 0;
+
+    const SfxItemSet& GetItemSet() const { return maSet; }
+    SfxItemSet& GetItemSet() { return maSet; }
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/sharecontrolfile.hxx b/include/svl/sharecontrolfile.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7b9ac1db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/sharecontrolfile.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SHARECONTROLFILE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SHARECONTROLFILE_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+
+#include <svl/lockfilecommon.hxx>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XInputStream; }
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XOutputStream; }
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XSeekable; }
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XStream; }
+namespace com::sun::star::io { class XTruncate; }
+
+namespace svt {
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC ShareControlFile final : public LockFileCommon
+{
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XStream >       m_xStream;
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XInputStream >  m_xInputStream;
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XOutputStream > m_xOutputStream;
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XSeekable >     m_xSeekable;
+    css::uno::Reference< css::io::XTruncate >     m_xTruncate;
+
+    std::vector< LockFileEntry >                  m_aUsersData;
+
+    void Close();
+    bool IsValid() const
+    {
+        return ( m_xStream.is() && m_xInputStream.is() && m_xOutputStream.is() && m_xSeekable.is() && m_xTruncate.is() );
+    }
+
+public:
+
+    // The constructor will throw exception in case the stream can not be opened
+    ShareControlFile( std::u16string_view aOrigURL );
+    virtual ~ShareControlFile() override;
+
+    std::vector< LockFileEntry > GetUsersData();
+    void SetUsersDataAndStore( std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard, std::vector< LockFileEntry >&& aUserNames );
+    LockFileEntry InsertOwnEntry();
+    bool HasOwnEntry();
+    void RemoveEntry( const LockFileEntry& aOptionalSpecification );
+    void RemoveEntry();
+    void RemoveFile();
+private:
+    void RemoveFileImpl(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard);
+    std::vector< LockFileEntry > GetUsersDataImpl(std::unique_lock<std::mutex>& rGuard);
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/sharedstring.hxx b/include/svl/sharedstring.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09261dd5ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/sharedstring.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SHAREDSTRING_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SHAREDSTRING_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+
+#include <utility>
+
+namespace svl {
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SharedString
+{
+    rtl_uString* mpData = nullptr;
+    rtl_uString* mpDataIgnoreCase = nullptr;
+public:
+
+    static const SharedString & getEmptyString();
+    static const OUString EMPTY_STRING;
+
+    SharedString() = default;
+    SharedString( rtl_uString* pData, rtl_uString* pDataIgnoreCase );
+    explicit SharedString( const OUString& rStr );
+    SharedString( const SharedString& r );
+    SharedString(SharedString&& r) noexcept;
+    ~SharedString();
+
+    SharedString& operator= ( const SharedString& r );
+    SharedString& operator=(SharedString&& r) noexcept;
+
+    bool operator== ( const SharedString& r ) const;
+    bool operator!= ( const SharedString& r ) const;
+
+    const OUString & getString() const;
+    const OUString & getIgnoreCaseString() const;
+
+    rtl_uString* getData();
+    const rtl_uString* getData() const;
+
+    rtl_uString* getDataIgnoreCase();
+    const rtl_uString* getDataIgnoreCase() const;
+
+    bool isValid() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+
+    sal_Int32 getLength() const;
+};
+
+inline SharedString::SharedString( rtl_uString* pData, rtl_uString* pDataIgnoreCase ) :
+    mpData(pData), mpDataIgnoreCase(pDataIgnoreCase)
+{
+    if (mpData)
+        rtl_uString_acquire(mpData);
+    if (mpDataIgnoreCase)
+        rtl_uString_acquire(mpDataIgnoreCase);
+}
+
+inline SharedString::SharedString( const OUString& rStr ) : mpData(rStr.pData)
+{
+    rtl_uString_acquire(mpData);
+}
+
+inline SharedString::SharedString( const SharedString& r ) : mpData(r.mpData), mpDataIgnoreCase(r.mpDataIgnoreCase)
+{
+    if (mpData)
+        rtl_uString_acquire(mpData);
+    if (mpDataIgnoreCase)
+        rtl_uString_acquire(mpDataIgnoreCase);
+}
+
+inline SharedString::SharedString(SharedString&& r) noexcept
+    : mpData(std::exchange(r.mpData, nullptr))
+    , mpDataIgnoreCase(std::exchange(r.mpDataIgnoreCase, nullptr))
+{
+}
+
+inline SharedString::~SharedString()
+{
+    if (mpData)
+        rtl_uString_release(mpData);
+    if (mpDataIgnoreCase)
+        rtl_uString_release(mpDataIgnoreCase);
+}
+
+inline SharedString& SharedString::operator=(SharedString&& r) noexcept
+{
+    // Having this inline helps Calc's mdds::multi_type_vector to do some operations
+    // much faster.
+    if (mpData)
+        rtl_uString_release(mpData);
+    if (mpDataIgnoreCase)
+        rtl_uString_release(mpDataIgnoreCase);
+
+    mpData = std::exchange(r.mpData, nullptr);
+    mpDataIgnoreCase = std::exchange(r.mpDataIgnoreCase, nullptr);
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline bool SharedString::operator!= ( const SharedString& r ) const
+{
+    return !operator== (r);
+}
+
+inline const OUString & SharedString::getString() const
+{
+    return mpData ? OUString::unacquired(&mpData) : EMPTY_STRING;
+}
+
+inline const OUString & SharedString::getIgnoreCaseString() const
+{
+    return mpDataIgnoreCase ? OUString::unacquired(&mpDataIgnoreCase) : EMPTY_STRING;
+}
+
+inline rtl_uString* SharedString::getData()
+{
+    return mpData;
+}
+
+inline const rtl_uString* SharedString::getData() const
+{
+    return mpData;
+}
+
+inline rtl_uString* SharedString::getDataIgnoreCase()
+{
+    return mpDataIgnoreCase;
+}
+
+inline const rtl_uString* SharedString::getDataIgnoreCase() const
+{
+    return mpDataIgnoreCase;
+}
+
+inline bool SharedString::isValid() const
+{
+    return mpData != nullptr;
+}
+
+inline bool SharedString::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return mpData == nullptr || mpData->length == 0;
+}
+
+inline sal_Int32 SharedString::getLength() const
+{
+    return mpData ? mpData->length : 0;
+}
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/sharedstringpool.hxx b/include/svl/sharedstringpool.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6880fec2a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/sharedstringpool.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SHAREDSTRINGPOOL_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SHAREDSTRINGPOOL_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+class CharClass;
+
+namespace svl
+{
+class SharedString;
+
+/**
+ * Storage for pool of shared strings.  It also provides mapping from
+ * original-cased strings to upper-cased strings for case insensitive
+ * operations.
+ */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SharedStringPool
+{
+    struct Impl;
+    std::unique_ptr<Impl> mpImpl;
+
+    SharedStringPool(const SharedStringPool&) = delete;
+    SharedStringPool& operator=(const SharedStringPool&) = delete;
+
+public:
+    SharedStringPool(const CharClass& rCharClass);
+    ~SharedStringPool();
+
+    /**
+     * Intern a string object into the shared string pool.
+     *
+     * @param rStr string object to intern.
+     *
+     * @return a pointer to the string object stored inside the pool, or NULL
+     *         if the insertion fails.
+     */
+    SharedString intern(const OUString& rStr);
+
+    /**
+     * Go through all string objects in the pool, and clear those that are no
+     * longer used outside of the pool.
+     */
+    void purge();
+
+    // For unit tests. Note that an "empty" pool may contain some internal items,
+    // such as SharedString::getEmptyString().
+    size_t getCount() const;
+    size_t getCountIgnoreCase() const;
+};
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/sigstruct.hxx b/include/svl/sigstruct.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..20cb0ebd2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/sigstruct.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_XMLSECURITY_INC_SIGSTRUCT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_XMLSECURITY_INC_SIGSTRUCT_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/DateTime.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/xml/crypto/SecurityOperationStatus.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/xml/crypto/DigestID.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Sequence.hxx>
+
+#include <set>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::graphic { class XGraphic; }
+
+/*
+ * type of reference
+ */
+enum class SignatureReferenceType
+{
+    SAMEDOCUMENT = 1,
+    BINARYSTREAM = 2,
+    XMLSTREAM = 3
+};
+
+struct SignatureReferenceInformation
+{
+    SignatureReferenceType  nType;
+    OUString   ouURI;
+    // For ODF: XAdES digests (SHA256) or the old SHA1, from css::xml::crypto::DigestID
+    sal_Int32  nDigestID;
+    OUString   ouDigestValue;
+    /// Type of the reference: a URI (newer idSignedProperties references) or empty.
+    OUString ouType;
+
+    SignatureReferenceInformation() :
+        nType(SignatureReferenceType::SAMEDOCUMENT),
+        ouURI(""),
+        nDigestID(css::xml::crypto::DigestID::SHA1),
+        ouDigestValue("")
+    {
+    }
+
+    SignatureReferenceInformation( SignatureReferenceType type, sal_Int32 digestID, const OUString& uri, const OUString& rType ) :
+        SignatureReferenceInformation()
+    {
+        nType = type;
+        nDigestID = digestID;
+        ouURI = uri;
+        ouType = rType;
+    }
+};
+
+typedef ::std::vector< SignatureReferenceInformation > SignatureReferenceInformations;
+
+namespace svl::crypto
+{
+/// Specifies the algorithm used for signature generation and validation.
+enum class SignatureMethodAlgorithm
+{
+    RSA,
+    ECDSA
+};
+}
+
+
+struct SignatureInformation
+{
+    sal_Int32 nSecurityId;
+    css::xml::crypto::SecurityOperationStatus nStatus;
+    SignatureReferenceInformations  vSignatureReferenceInfors;
+    struct X509CertInfo
+    {
+        OUString X509IssuerName;
+        OUString X509SerialNumber;
+        OUString X509Certificate;
+        /// OOXML certificate SHA-256 digest, empty for ODF except when doing XAdES signature.
+        OUString CertDigest;
+        /// The certificate owner (aka subject).
+        OUString X509Subject;
+    };
+    typedef std::vector<X509CertInfo> X509Data;
+    // note: at parse time, it's unknown which one is the signing certificate;
+    // ImplVerifySignatures() figures it out and puts it at the back
+    std::vector<X509Data> X509Datas;
+
+    X509CertInfo const* GetSigningCertificate() const
+    {
+        if (X509Datas.empty())
+        {
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+        assert(!X509Datas.back().empty());
+        return & X509Datas.back().back();
+    }
+
+    OUString ouGpgKeyID;
+    OUString ouGpgCertificate;
+    OUString ouGpgOwner;
+
+    OUString ouSignatureValue;
+    css::util::DateTime stDateTime;
+
+    // XAdES EncapsulatedX509Certificate values
+    std::set<OUString> maEncapsulatedX509Certificates;
+
+    OUString ouSignatureId;
+    // signature may contain multiple time stamps - check they're consistent
+    bool hasInconsistentSigningTime = false;
+    //We also keep the date and time as string. This is done when this
+    //structure is created as a result of a XML signature being read.
+    //When then a signature is added or another removed, then the original
+    //XML signatures are written again (unless they have been removed).
+    //If the date time string is converted into the DateTime structure
+    //then information can be lost because it only holds a fractional
+    //of a second with an accuracy of one hundredth of second.
+    //If the string contains
+    //milliseconds (because the document was created by an application other than OOo)
+    //and the converted time is written back, then the string looks different
+    //and the signature is broken.
+    OUString ouDateTime;
+    /// The Id attribute of the <SignatureProperty> element that contains the <dc:date>.
+    OUString ouDateTimePropertyId;
+    /// Characters of the <dc:description> element inside the signature.
+    OUString ouDescription;
+    /// The Id attribute of the <SignatureProperty> element that contains the <dc:description>.
+    OUString ouDescriptionPropertyId;
+    /// Valid and invalid signature line images
+    css::uno::Reference<css::graphic::XGraphic> aValidSignatureImage;
+    css::uno::Reference<css::graphic::XGraphic> aInvalidSignatureImage;
+    /// Signature Line Id, used to map signatures to their respective signature line images.
+    OUString ouSignatureLineId;
+    /// A full OOXML signature for unchanged roundtrip, empty for ODF.
+    css::uno::Sequence<sal_Int8> aSignatureBytes;
+    /// For PDF: digest format, from css::xml::crypto::DigestID
+    sal_Int32 nDigestID;
+    /// For PDF: has id-aa-signingCertificateV2 as a signed attribute.
+    bool bHasSigningCertificate;
+    /// For PDF: the byte range doesn't cover the whole document.
+    bool bPartialDocumentSignature;
+
+    svl::crypto::SignatureMethodAlgorithm eAlgorithmID;
+
+    SignatureInformation( sal_Int32 nId )
+    {
+        nSecurityId = nId;
+        nStatus = css::xml::crypto::SecurityOperationStatus_UNKNOWN;
+        nDigestID = 0;
+        bHasSigningCertificate = false;
+        bPartialDocumentSignature = false;
+        eAlgorithmID = svl::crypto::SignatureMethodAlgorithm::RSA;
+    }
+};
+
+typedef ::std::vector< SignatureInformation > SignatureInformations;
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/slstitm.hxx b/include/svl/slstitm.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48e5581498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/slstitm.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SLSTITM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SLSTITM_HXX
+
+#include <vector>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::uno { template <class E> class Sequence; }
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStringListItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    std::shared_ptr<std::vector<OUString>> mpList;
+
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    SfxStringListItem();
+    SfxStringListItem( sal_uInt16 nWhich, const std::vector<OUString> *pList=nullptr );
+    virtual ~SfxStringListItem() override;
+
+    SfxStringListItem(SfxStringListItem const &) = default;
+    SfxStringListItem(SfxStringListItem &&) = default;
+    SfxStringListItem & operator =(SfxStringListItem const &) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+    SfxStringListItem & operator =(SfxStringListItem &&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    std::vector<OUString>&       GetList();
+
+    const std::vector<OUString>& GetList() const;
+
+    // String-Separator: \n
+    void                    SetString( const OUString& );
+    OUString                GetString();
+
+    void                    SetStringList( const css::uno::Sequence< OUString >& rList );
+    void                    GetStringList( css::uno::Sequence< OUString >& rList ) const;
+
+    virtual bool            operator==( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual bool            GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                             MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                             MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                             OUString &rText,
+                                             const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+    virtual SfxStringListItem* Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool            PutValue  ( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                         sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+    virtual bool            QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                                         sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+};
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/solar.hrc b/include/svl/solar.hrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1ec1a4568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/solar.hrc
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SOLAR_HRC
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SOLAR_HRC
+
+// defines ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define OWN_ATTR_VALUE_START                    3900
+#define OWN_ATTR_VALUE_END                      4008
+
+#define RID_LIB_START               10000
+#define RID_LIB_END                 19999
+
+#define RID_SVX_START               (RID_LIB_START)
+//      RID_SVX_END                 (RID_LIB_START+499)
+
+#define RID_OFA_START               (RID_LIB_START+6900)
+//      RID_OFA_END                 (RID_LIB_START+7399)
+
+// do *NOT* add more ranges here, RID_LIB_END is (RID_LIB_START + 10000)
+
+#define RID_APP_START               20000
+//      RID_APP_END                 31999
+
+#define RID_SW_START                            (20000)
+//      RID_SW_END                              (25999)
+
+// free: 26000-28199
+
+// Help-Ids --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define HID_START                   32768
+
+#define HID_SC_START                (HID_START+25000)
+//      HID_SC_END                  (HID_START+26999)
+
+#define HID_SD_START                (HID_START+27000)
+//      HID_SD_END                  (HID_START+27999)
+
+// Slot Ids
+
+#define SID_SFX_START                5000
+//      SID_SFX_END                  8999
+#define SID_DOCKWIN_START            9800
+//      SID_DOCKWIN_END              9999
+
+#define SID_LIB_START               10000
+//      SID_LIB_END                 19999
+// free: 20000-29999
+#define SID_OBJ_START               30000
+
+#define SID_SW_START                20000
+//      SID_SW_END                  25999
+#define SID_SC_START                26000
+//      SID_SC_END                  26999
+#define SID_SD_START                27000
+//      SID_SD_END                  27999
+
+#define SID_SMA_START               (SID_OBJ_START + 256)
+//      SID_SMA_END                 (SID_OBJ_START + 511)
+#define SID_BASICIDE_START          (SID_OBJ_START + 768)
+//      SID_BASICIDE_END            (SID_BASICIDE_START + 255)
+
+#define SID_SVX_START               SID_LIB_START               // 10000
+#define SID_SVX_END                 (SID_SVX_START + 1499)
+#define SID_EDIT_START              (SID_SVX_END + 1)           // 11500
+#define SID_EDIT_END                (SID_EDIT_START + 499)
+#define SID_OPTIONS_START           (SID_EDIT_END + 1)          // 12000
+#define SID_OPTIONS_END             (SID_OPTIONS_START + 100)
+#define SID_SBA_START               (SID_OPTIONS_END + 1)       // 12101
+#define SID_SBA_END                 (SID_SBA_START + 149)
+#define SID_DBACCESS_START          (SID_SBA_END + 1)           // 12251
+#define SID_DBACCESS_END            (SID_DBACCESS_START + 200)
+#define SID_RPTUI_START             (SID_DBACCESS_END + 1)      // 12452
+//      SID_RPTUI_END               (SID_RPTUI_START + 199)
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/srchdefs.hxx b/include/svl/srchdefs.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d77341c36f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/srchdefs.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF, under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License",; you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SRCHDEFS_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SRCHDEFS_HXX
+
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+
+enum class SearchOptionFlags
+{
+    NONE          = 0x0000,
+    SEARCH        = 0x0001,
+    SEARCHALL     = 0x0002, // named to this way to avoid conflict with macro on Windows.
+    REPLACE       = 0x0004,
+    REPLACE_ALL   = 0x0008,
+    WHOLE_WORDS   = 0x0010,
+    BACKWARDS     = 0x0020,
+    REG_EXP       = 0x0040,
+    EXACT         = 0x0080,
+    SELECTION     = 0x0100,
+    FAMILIES      = 0x0200,
+    FORMAT        = 0x0400,
+    SIMILARITY    = 0x0800,
+    WILDCARD      = 0x1000,
+    ALL           = 0x1fff
+};
+namespace o3tl
+{
+    template<> struct typed_flags<SearchOptionFlags> : is_typed_flags<SearchOptionFlags, 0x1fff> {};
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/srchitem.hxx b/include/svl/srchitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c51d2d752e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/srchitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SRCHITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SRCHITEM_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/SearchAlgorithms2.hpp>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/SearchFlags.hpp>
+#include <i18nutil/transliteration.hxx>
+#include <i18nutil/searchopt.hxx>
+#include <unotools/configitem.hxx>
+#include <svl/style.hxx>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+// defines ---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// commands
+enum class SvxSearchCmd
+{
+    FIND          = 0,
+    FIND_ALL      = 1,
+    REPLACE       = 2,
+    REPLACE_ALL   = 3,
+};
+
+// search flags
+enum class SvxSearchCellType
+{
+    FORMULA        = 0,
+    VALUE          = 1,
+    NOTE           = 2,
+};
+
+enum class SvxSearchApp
+{
+    WRITER        = 0,
+    CALC          = 1,
+    DRAW          = 2,
+};
+
+// class SvxSearchItem ---------------------------------------------------
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvxSearchItem final :
+        public SfxPoolItem,
+        public utl::ConfigItem
+{
+    i18nutil::SearchOptions2 m_aSearchOpt;
+
+    SfxStyleFamily  m_eFamily;            // style family
+
+    SvxSearchCmd    m_nCommand;           // command (Search, Search all, Replace, Replace all)
+
+    // Calc-specific
+    SvxSearchCellType m_nCellType;          // Search in Formulas/Values/Notes
+    SvxSearchApp    m_nAppFlag;           // application which the dialog is for
+    bool            m_bRowDirection;      // search direction: row-wise/column-wise
+    bool            m_bAllTables;         // search in all sheets
+    bool            m_bSearchFiltered;      // search filtered cells.
+    bool            m_bSearchFormatted;     // search formatted display strings
+
+    // Writer-specific
+    bool            m_bNotes;
+
+    bool            m_bBackward;          // search backwards
+    bool            m_bPattern;           // search for styles
+    bool            m_bContent;           // search in content
+    bool            m_bAsianOptions;      // use asian options?
+
+    // Start search at this point (absolute twips).
+    sal_Int32       m_nStartPointX;
+    sal_Int32       m_nStartPointY;
+
+    virtual void    ImplCommit() override;
+
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SvxSearchItem( const sal_uInt16 nId );
+    SvxSearchItem( const SvxSearchItem& rItem );
+    virtual ~SvxSearchItem() override;
+
+    virtual bool             QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+    virtual bool             PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal, sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+    virtual bool             operator == ( const SfxPoolItem& ) const override;
+    virtual SvxSearchItem*  Clone( SfxItemPool *pPool = nullptr ) const override;
+    virtual bool GetPresentation( SfxItemPresentation ePres,
+                                  MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                  MapUnit ePresMetric,
+                                  OUString &rText, const IntlWrapper& ) const override;
+
+    // ConfigItem
+    virtual void            Notify( const css::uno::Sequence< OUString > &rPropertyNames ) override;
+
+    bool equalsIgnoring(const SvxSearchItem& rSItem, bool bIgnoreReplace,
+                        bool bIgnoreCommand) const;
+
+            SvxSearchCmd    GetCommand() const { return m_nCommand; }
+            void            SetCommand(SvxSearchCmd nNewCommand) { m_nCommand = nNewCommand; }
+
+    inline  const OUString& GetSearchString() const;
+    inline  void            SetSearchString(const OUString& rNewString);
+
+    inline  const OUString& GetReplaceString() const;
+    inline  void            SetReplaceString(const OUString& rNewString);
+
+    inline  bool            GetWordOnly() const;
+            void            SetWordOnly(bool bNewWordOnly);
+
+    inline  bool            GetExact() const;
+            void            SetExact(bool bNewExact);
+
+            bool            GetBackward() const { return m_bBackward; }
+            void            SetBackward(bool bNewBackward) { m_bBackward = bNewBackward; }
+
+    inline  bool            GetSelection() const;
+            void            SetSelection(bool bNewSelection);
+
+    inline  bool            GetRegExp() const;
+            void            SetRegExp( bool bVal );
+
+    inline  bool            GetWildcard() const;
+            void            SetWildcard( bool bVal );
+
+    inline  sal_Int32       GetWildcardEscapeCharacter() const;
+    inline  void            SetWildcardEscapeCharacter(sal_Int32 val);
+
+            bool            GetPattern() const { return m_bPattern; }
+            void            SetPattern(bool bNewPattern) { m_bPattern = bNewPattern; }
+
+            SfxStyleFamily  GetFamily() const { return m_eFamily; }
+            void            SetFamily( SfxStyleFamily eNewFamily )
+                                { m_eFamily = eNewFamily; }
+
+            bool            GetRowDirection() const { return m_bRowDirection; }
+            void            SetRowDirection(bool bNewRowDirection) { m_bRowDirection = bNewRowDirection; }
+
+            bool            IsAllTables() const { return m_bAllTables; }
+            void            SetAllTables(bool bNew) { m_bAllTables = bNew; }
+
+            bool            IsSearchFiltered() const { return m_bSearchFiltered; }
+            void            SetSearchFiltered(bool b) { m_bSearchFiltered = b; }
+
+            bool            IsSearchFormatted() const { return m_bSearchFormatted; }
+            void            SetSearchFormatted(bool b) { m_bSearchFormatted = b; }
+
+            SvxSearchCellType GetCellType() const { return m_nCellType; }
+            void            SetCellType(SvxSearchCellType nNewCellType) { m_nCellType = nNewCellType; }
+
+            bool            GetNotes() const { return m_bNotes; }
+            void            SetNotes(bool bNew) { m_bNotes = bNew; }
+
+            SvxSearchApp    GetAppFlag() const { return m_nAppFlag; }
+            void            SetAppFlag(SvxSearchApp nNewAppFlag) { m_nAppFlag = nNewAppFlag; }
+
+    inline  bool            IsLevenshtein() const;
+            void            SetLevenshtein( bool bVal );
+
+    inline  bool            IsLEVRelaxed() const;
+            void            SetLEVRelaxed(bool bSet);
+
+    inline  sal_uInt16      GetLEVOther() const;
+    inline  void            SetLEVOther(sal_uInt16 nSet);
+
+    inline  sal_uInt16      GetLEVShorter() const;
+    inline  void            SetLEVShorter(sal_uInt16 nSet);
+
+    inline  sal_uInt16      GetLEVLonger() const;
+    inline  void            SetLEVLonger(sal_uInt16 nSet);
+
+    inline const i18nutil::SearchOptions2 &
+                            GetSearchOptions() const;
+    inline void             SetSearchOptions( const i18nutil::SearchOptions2 &rOpt );
+
+    inline  TransliterationFlags
+                            GetTransliterationFlags() const;
+            void            SetTransliterationFlags( TransliterationFlags nFlags );
+
+    inline  bool            IsMatchFullHalfWidthForms() const;
+    void                    SetMatchFullHalfWidthForms( bool bVal );
+
+    bool            IsUseAsianOptions() const           { return m_bAsianOptions; }
+    void            SetUseAsianOptions( bool bVal ) { m_bAsianOptions = bVal; }
+
+    sal_Int32 GetStartPointX() const;
+    sal_Int32 GetStartPointY() const;
+    /// Either x or y start point is set.
+    bool HasStartPoint() const;
+};
+
+const OUString& SvxSearchItem::GetSearchString() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.searchString;
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetSearchString(const OUString& rNewString)
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt.searchString = rNewString;
+}
+
+const OUString& SvxSearchItem::GetReplaceString() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.replaceString;
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetReplaceString(const OUString& rNewString)
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt.replaceString = rNewString;
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::GetWordOnly() const
+{
+    return 0 != (m_aSearchOpt.searchFlag &
+                        css::util::SearchFlags::NORM_WORD_ONLY);
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::GetExact() const
+{
+    return !(m_aSearchOpt.transliterateFlags & TransliterationFlags::IGNORE_CASE);
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::GetSelection() const
+{
+    return 0 != (m_aSearchOpt.searchFlag & css::util::SearchFlags::REG_NOT_BEGINOFLINE);
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::GetRegExp() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.AlgorithmType2 == css::util::SearchAlgorithms2::REGEXP ;
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::GetWildcard() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.AlgorithmType2 == css::util::SearchAlgorithms2::WILDCARD ;
+}
+
+sal_Int32 SvxSearchItem::GetWildcardEscapeCharacter() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.WildcardEscapeCharacter;
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetWildcardEscapeCharacter(sal_Int32 val)
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt.WildcardEscapeCharacter = val;
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::IsLEVRelaxed() const
+{
+    return 0 != (m_aSearchOpt.searchFlag & css::util::SearchFlags::LEV_RELAXED);
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SvxSearchItem::GetLEVOther() const
+{
+    return static_cast<sal_Int16>(m_aSearchOpt.changedChars);
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetLEVOther( sal_uInt16 nVal )
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt.changedChars = nVal;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SvxSearchItem::GetLEVShorter() const
+{
+    return static_cast<sal_Int16>(m_aSearchOpt.insertedChars);
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetLEVShorter( sal_uInt16 nVal )
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt.insertedChars = nVal;
+}
+
+sal_uInt16 SvxSearchItem::GetLEVLonger() const
+{
+    return static_cast<sal_Int16>(m_aSearchOpt.deletedChars);
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetLEVLonger( sal_uInt16 nVal )
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt.deletedChars = nVal;
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::IsLevenshtein() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.AlgorithmType2 == css::util::SearchAlgorithms2::APPROXIMATE;
+}
+
+const i18nutil::SearchOptions2 & SvxSearchItem::GetSearchOptions() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt;
+}
+
+void SvxSearchItem::SetSearchOptions( const i18nutil::SearchOptions2 &rOpt )
+{
+    m_aSearchOpt = rOpt;
+}
+
+TransliterationFlags SvxSearchItem::GetTransliterationFlags() const
+{
+    return m_aSearchOpt.transliterateFlags;
+}
+
+bool SvxSearchItem::IsMatchFullHalfWidthForms() const
+{
+    return bool(m_aSearchOpt.transliterateFlags & TransliterationFlags::IGNORE_WIDTH);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/stritem.hxx b/include/svl/stritem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe3695f794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/stritem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_STRITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_STRITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/custritm.hxx>
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStringItem: public CntUnencodedStringItem
+{
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    SfxStringItem(sal_uInt16 which = 0): CntUnencodedStringItem(which) {}
+
+    SfxStringItem(sal_uInt16 which, const OUString & rValue):
+        CntUnencodedStringItem(which, rValue) {}
+
+    virtual SfxStringItem* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_STRITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/style.hxx b/include/svl/style.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc12dc0be7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/style.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_STYLE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_STYLE_HXX
+
+#include <config_options.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/style/XStyle.hpp>
+
+#include <rtl/ref.hxx>
+#include <cppuhelper/implbase.hxx>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/hint.hxx>
+#include <svl/lstner.hxx>
+#include <svl/SfxBroadcaster.hxx>
+#include <svl/stylesheetuser.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+#include <tools/mapunit.hxx>
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <optional>
+
+// This is used as a flags enum in sw/, but only there,
+// so I don't pull in o3tl::typed_flags here
+enum class SfxStyleFamily {
+    None    = 0x00,
+    Char    = 0x01,
+    Para    = 0x02,
+    Frame   = 0x04,
+    Page    = 0x08,
+    Pseudo  = 0x10,
+    Table   = 0x20,
+    Cell    = 0x40,
+    All     = 0x7fff
+};
+
+enum class SfxStyleSearchBits {
+    // sc/calc styles
+    ScStandard  = 0x0001,
+
+    // sw/writer styles
+    SwText      = 0x0001,
+    SwChapter   = 0x0002,
+    SwList      = 0x0004,
+    SwIndex     = 0x0008,
+    SwExtra     = 0x0010,
+    SwHtml      = 0x0020,
+    SwCondColl  = 0x0040,
+
+    Auto        = 0x0000, ///< automatic: flags from application
+    Hidden      = 0x0200, ///< hidden styles (search mask)
+    ReadOnly    = 0x2000, ///< readonly styles (search mask)
+    Used        = 0x4000, ///< used styles (search mask)
+    UserDefined = 0x8000, ///< user defined styles (search mask)
+    AllVisible  = 0xe07f, ///< all visible styles
+    All         = 0xe27f, ///< all styles
+};
+namespace o3tl {
+    template<> struct typed_flags<SfxStyleSearchBits> : is_typed_flags<SfxStyleSearchBits, 0xe27f> {};
+}
+
+
+class SfxItemSet;
+class SfxItemPool;
+class SfxStyleSheetBasePool;
+class SvStream;
+
+namespace svl { class IndexedStyleSheets; }
+/*
+Everyone changing instances of SfxStyleSheetBasePool or SfxStyleSheetBase
+must broadcast this using <SfxStyleSheetBasePool::GetBroadcaster()> broadcasts.
+The class <SfxStyleSheetHint> is used for this, it contains an Action-Id and a
+pointer to the <SfxStyleSheetBase>. The actions are:
+
+#define SfxHintId::StyleSheetCreated      // style is created
+#define SfxHintId::StyleSheetModified     // style is modified
+#define SfxHintId::StyleSheetChanged      // style is replaced
+#define SfxHintId::StyleSheetErased       // style is deleted
+
+The following methods already broadcast themself
+
+SfxSimpleHint(SfxHintId::Dying) from:
+   SfxStyleSheetBasePool::~SfxStyleSheetBasePool()
+
+SfxStyleSheetHint( SfxHintId::StyleSheetCreated, *p ) from:
+   SfxStyleSheetBasePool::Make( const String& rName,
+   SfxStyleFamily eFam, sal_uInt16 mask)
+
+SfxStyleSheetHint( SfxHintId::StyleSheetChanged, *pNew ) from:
+   SfxStyleSheetBasePool::Add( SfxStyleSheetBase& rSheet )
+
+SfxStyleSheetHint( SfxHintId::StyleSheetErased, *p ) from:
+   SfxStyleSheetBasePool::Erase( SfxStyleSheetBase* p )
+   SfxStyleSheetBasePool::Clear()
+*/
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheetBase : public cppu::WeakImplHelper<>
+{
+private:
+    friend class SfxStyleSheetBasePool;
+
+protected:
+    SfxStyleSheetBasePool*  m_pPool;          // related pool
+    SfxStyleFamily          nFamily;
+
+    OUString                aName, aParent, aFollow;
+    OUString                aHelpFile;      // name of the help file
+    SfxItemSet*             pSet;           // ItemSet
+    SfxStyleSearchBits      nMask;          // Flags
+
+    sal_uLong               nHelpId;        // help ID
+
+    bool                    bMySet;         // sal_True: delete Set in dtor
+    bool                    bHidden;
+
+    SfxStyleSheetBase( const OUString&, SfxStyleSheetBasePool*, SfxStyleFamily eFam, SfxStyleSearchBits mask );
+    SfxStyleSheetBase( const SfxStyleSheetBase& );
+    virtual ~SfxStyleSheetBase() override;
+
+public:
+
+    // returns the internal name of this style
+    const OUString& GetName() const;
+
+    // sets the internal name of this style.
+    //
+    // If the name of a style is changed, then the styles container needs to be
+    // reindexed (see IndexedStyleSheets). If you set bReindexNow to false to
+    // defer that indexing, then you must call the Reindex manually on the
+    // SfxStyleSheetBasePool parent.
+    virtual bool SetName(const OUString& rNewName, bool bReindexNow = true);
+
+    virtual const OUString& GetParent() const;
+    virtual bool SetParent( const OUString& );
+    virtual const OUString& GetFollow() const;
+    virtual bool SetFollow( const OUString& );
+    virtual bool HasFollowSupport() const;      // Default true
+    virtual bool HasParentSupport() const;      // Default true
+    virtual bool HasClearParentSupport() const; // Default false
+    virtual bool IsUsed() const;                // Default true
+    virtual OUString GetDescription( MapUnit eMetric );
+
+    virtual OUString GetUsedBy() { return OUString(); }
+
+    SfxStyleSheetBasePool* GetPool() { return m_pPool; }
+    SfxStyleFamily GetFamily() const     { return nFamily; }
+    SfxStyleSearchBits   GetMask() const     { return nMask; }
+    void     SetMask( SfxStyleSearchBits mask) { nMask = mask; }
+    bool     IsUserDefined() const
+           { return bool( nMask & SfxStyleSearchBits::UserDefined); }
+
+    virtual bool IsHidden() const { return bHidden; }
+    virtual void SetHidden( bool bValue );
+
+    virtual sal_uLong GetHelpId( OUString& rFile );
+    virtual void   SetHelpId( const OUString& r, sal_uLong nId );
+
+    virtual SfxItemSet& GetItemSet();
+    /// Due to writer's usual lack of sanity this is a separate function for
+    /// preview only; it shall not create the style in case it does not exist.
+    /// If the style has parents, it is _not_ required that the returned item
+    /// set has parents (i.e. use it for display purposes only).
+    virtual std::optional<SfxItemSet> GetItemSetForPreview();
+
+    /// Fix for expensive dynamic_cast
+    virtual bool isScStyleSheet() const { return false; }
+};
+
+/* Class to iterate and search on a SfxStyleSheetBasePool */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheetIterator
+{
+public:
+    /** Constructor.
+     * The iterator will only iterate over style sheets which have the family \p eFam
+     */
+    SfxStyleSheetIterator(const SfxStyleSheetBasePool *pBase,
+                          SfxStyleFamily eFam, SfxStyleSearchBits n=SfxStyleSearchBits::All );
+    SfxStyleSearchBits GetSearchMask() const;
+    SfxStyleFamily GetSearchFamily() const;
+    virtual sal_Int32 Count();
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase *operator[](sal_Int32 nIdx);
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* First();
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Next();
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase* Find(const OUString& rStr);
+    virtual ~SfxStyleSheetIterator();
+
+    bool                    SearchUsed() const { return bSearchUsed; }
+
+protected:
+
+    const SfxStyleSheetBasePool*  pBasePool;
+    SfxStyleFamily          nSearchFamily;
+    SfxStyleSearchBits      nMask;
+
+
+private:
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool         IsTrivialSearch() const;
+
+    SfxStyleSheetBase*      pCurrentStyle;
+    sal_Int32               mnCurrentPosition;
+    bool                    bSearchUsed;
+
+friend class SfxStyleSheetBasePool;
+};
+
+class SfxStyleSheetBasePool_Impl;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheetBasePool: public SfxBroadcaster, public cppu::WeakImplHelper<>
+{
+friend class SfxStyleSheetIterator;
+friend class SfxStyleSheetBase;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxStyleSheetBasePool_Impl> pImpl;
+
+    SfxStyleSheetIterator&      GetIterator_Impl(SfxStyleFamily eFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits eMask);
+protected:
+    SfxStyleSheetIterator*      GetCachedIterator();
+
+    SfxItemPool&                rPool;
+
+    void                        ChangeParent(std::u16string_view rOld, const OUString& rNew, SfxStyleFamily eFamily, bool bVirtual = true);
+    virtual rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase> Create( const OUString&, SfxStyleFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits );
+    virtual rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase>  Create( const SfxStyleSheetBase& );
+
+    virtual                     ~SfxStyleSheetBasePool() override;
+
+    void                        StoreStyleSheet(const rtl::Reference< SfxStyleSheetBase >&);
+
+    /** Obtain the indexed style sheets.
+     */
+    const svl::IndexedStyleSheets&
+                                GetIndexedStyleSheets() const;
+    SfxStyleSheetBase*          GetStyleSheetByPositionInIndex(unsigned pos);
+
+public:
+                                SfxStyleSheetBasePool( SfxItemPool& );
+                                SfxStyleSheetBasePool( const SfxStyleSheetBasePool& );
+
+    SfxItemPool&                GetPool() { return rPool;}
+    const SfxItemPool&          GetPool() const { return rPool;}
+
+    virtual std::unique_ptr<SfxStyleSheetIterator> CreateIterator(SfxStyleFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits nMask = SfxStyleSearchBits::All);
+
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase&  Make(const OUString&,
+                                     SfxStyleFamily eFam,
+                                     SfxStyleSearchBits nMask = SfxStyleSearchBits::All);
+
+    virtual void                Remove( SfxStyleSheetBase* );
+    void                Insert( SfxStyleSheetBase* );
+
+    void                Clear();
+
+    SfxStyleSheetBasePool&      operator=( const SfxStyleSheetBasePool& );
+    SfxStyleSheetBasePool&      operator+=( const SfxStyleSheetBasePool& );
+
+    SfxStyleSheetBase*  First(SfxStyleFamily eFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits eMask = SfxStyleSearchBits::All);
+    SfxStyleSheetBase*  Next();
+    virtual SfxStyleSheetBase*  Find( const OUString&, SfxStyleFamily eFam, SfxStyleSearchBits n=SfxStyleSearchBits::All );
+
+    void                        Reindex();
+    /** Add a style sheet.
+     * Not an actual public function. Do not call it from non-subclasses.
+     */
+    void                        Add( const SfxStyleSheetBase& );
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheet: public SfxStyleSheetBase,
+                     public SfxListener, public SfxBroadcaster, public svl::StyleSheetUser
+{
+public:
+
+                        SfxStyleSheet( const OUString&, const SfxStyleSheetBasePool&, SfxStyleFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits );
+                        SfxStyleSheet( const SfxStyleSheet& );
+
+    virtual void        Notify( SfxBroadcaster& rBC, const SfxHint& rHint ) override;
+
+    virtual bool        isUsedByModel() const override;
+
+    virtual bool        SetParent( const OUString& ) override;
+
+protected:
+    virtual             ~SfxStyleSheet() override;
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheetPool: public SfxStyleSheetBasePool
+{
+protected:
+    using SfxStyleSheetBasePool::Create;
+    virtual rtl::Reference<SfxStyleSheetBase> Create(const OUString&, SfxStyleFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits mask) override;
+
+public:
+    SfxStyleSheetPool( SfxItemPool const& );
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheetPoolHint final : public SfxHint
+{
+public:
+                         SfxStyleSheetPoolHint() {}
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxStyleSheetHint: public SfxHint
+{
+    SfxStyleSheetBase*  pStyleSh;
+public:
+                        SfxStyleSheetHint( SfxHintId, SfxStyleSheetBase& );
+    SfxStyleSheetBase*  GetStyleSheet() const
+                        { return pStyleSh; }
+};
+
+class UNLESS_MERGELIBS(SVL_DLLPUBLIC) SfxStyleSheetModifiedHint final : public SfxStyleSheetHint
+{
+    OUString            aName;
+
+public:
+                        SfxStyleSheetModifiedHint( OUString aOld,
+                                                   SfxStyleSheetBase& );
+    const OUString&     GetOldName() const { return aName; }
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUnoStyleSheet : public cppu::ImplInheritanceHelper<SfxStyleSheet, css::style::XStyle>
+{
+public:
+    SfxUnoStyleSheet( const OUString& _rName, const SfxStyleSheetBasePool& _rPool, SfxStyleFamily _eFamily, SfxStyleSearchBits _nMask );
+
+    static SfxUnoStyleSheet* getUnoStyleSheet( const css::uno::Reference< css::style::XStyle >& xStyle );
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/stylepool.hxx b/include/svl/stylepool.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a22cb1f70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/stylepool.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_STYLEPOOL_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_STYLEPOOL_HXX
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <svl/itemset.hxx>
+
+class StylePoolImpl;
+class IStylePoolIteratorAccess;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC StylePool final
+{
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<StylePoolImpl> pImpl;
+public:
+    explicit StylePool( SfxItemSet const * pIgnorableItems = nullptr );
+
+    /** Insert a SfxItemSet into the style pool.
+
+        The pool makes a copy of the provided SfxItemSet.
+
+        @param SfxItemSet
+        the SfxItemSet to insert
+
+        @param pParentName
+        Name of the parent of rSet. If set, createIterator() can be more deterministic by iterating
+        over item sets ordered by parent names.
+
+        @return a shared pointer to the SfxItemSet
+    */
+    std::shared_ptr<SfxItemSet> insertItemSet( const SfxItemSet& rSet, const OUString* pParentName = nullptr );
+
+    /** Create an iterator
+
+        The iterator walks through the StylePool
+        OD 2008-03-07 #i86923#
+        introduce optional parameter to control, if unused SfxItemsSet are skipped or not
+        introduce optional parameter to control, if ignorable items are skipped or not
+
+        @attention every change, e.g. destruction, of the StylePool could cause undefined effects.
+
+        @param bSkipUnusedItemSets
+        input parameter - boolean, indicating if unused SfxItemSets are skipped or not
+
+        @param bSkipIgnorableItems
+        input parameter - boolean, indicating if ignorable items are skipped or not
+
+        @postcond the iterator "points before the first" SfxItemSet of the pool.
+        The first StylePoolIterator::getNext() call will deliver the first SfxItemSet.
+    */
+    std::unique_ptr<IStylePoolIteratorAccess> createIterator( const bool bSkipUnusedItemSets = false,
+                                                      const bool bSkipIgnorableItems = false );
+
+    ~StylePool();
+
+    static OUString nameOf( const std::shared_ptr<SfxItemSet>& pSet );
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC IStylePoolIteratorAccess
+{
+public:
+    /** Delivers a shared pointer to the next SfxItemSet of the pool
+        If there is no more SfxItemSet, the delivered share_pointer is empty.
+    */
+    virtual std::shared_ptr<SfxItemSet> getNext() = 0;
+    virtual ~IStylePoolIteratorAccess() {};
+};
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/stylesheetuser.hxx b/include/svl/stylesheetuser.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24d23a94bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/stylesheetuser.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_STYLESHEETUSER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_STYLESHEETUSER_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+namespace svl
+{
+/** Test whether object that uses a stylesheet is used itself.
+
+  This interface should be implemented by all classes that use
+  a SfxStyleSheet (and listen on it). It can be queried by the stylesheet
+  to determine if it is really used.
+  */
+class SAL_DLLPUBLIC_RTTI SAL_LOPLUGIN_ANNOTATE("crosscast") StyleSheetUser
+{
+public:
+    /** Test whether this object is used.
+
+      @return true, if the object is used, false otherwise
+      */
+    virtual bool isUsedByModel() const = 0;
+
+protected:
+    ~StyleSheetUser() {}
+};
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/svdde.hxx b/include/svl/svdde.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8b808ea11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/svdde.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SVDDE_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SVDDE_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <sot/formats.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <tools/solar.h>
+#include <tools/link.hxx>
+#include <tools/long.hxx>
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+
+class DdeString;
+class DdeConnection;
+class DdeTopic;
+class DdeService;
+struct DdeDataImp;
+struct DdeImp;
+struct DdeItemImpData;
+struct Conversation;
+
+typedef ::std::vector< DdeService* > DdeServices;
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeData
+{
+    friend class    DdeInternal;
+    friend class    DdeService;
+    friend class    DdeConnection;
+    friend class    DdeTransaction;
+    std::unique_ptr<DdeDataImp>    xImp;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void            Lock();
+
+    void            SetFormat( SotClipboardFormatId nFmt );
+
+public:
+                    DdeData();
+                    DdeData(SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const void*, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER tools::Long, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER SotClipboardFormatId = SotClipboardFormatId::STRING);
+                    DdeData(SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString&);
+                    DdeData(const DdeData&);
+                    DdeData(DdeData&&) noexcept;
+                    ~DdeData();
+
+    void const *    getData() const;
+    tools::Long            getSize() const;
+
+    SotClipboardFormatId GetFormat() const;
+
+    DdeData&        operator=(const DdeData&);
+    DdeData&        operator=(DdeData&&) noexcept;
+
+    static sal_uInt32 GetExternalFormat(SotClipboardFormatId nFmt);
+    static SotClipboardFormatId GetInternalFormat(sal_uLong nFmt);
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeTransaction
+{
+public:
+    void    Data( const DdeData* );
+    void    Done( bool bDataValid );
+protected:
+    DdeConnection&  rDde;
+    DdeData         aDdeData;
+    DdeString*      pName;
+    short           nType;
+    sal_IntPtr      nId;
+    sal_IntPtr      nTime;
+    Link<const DdeData*,void> aData;
+    Link<bool,void>           aDone;
+    bool            bBusy;
+
+                    DdeTransaction( DdeConnection&, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString&, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER tools::Long = 0 );
+
+public:
+    virtual        ~DdeTransaction();
+
+    bool            IsBusy() const { return bBusy; }
+    OUString GetName() const;
+
+    void            Execute();
+
+    void            SetDataHdl( const Link<const DdeData*,void>& rLink ) { aData = rLink; }
+    const Link<const DdeData*,void>& GetDataHdl() const { return aData; }
+
+    void            SetDoneHdl( const Link<bool,void>& rLink ) { aDone = rLink; }
+    const Link<bool,void>& GetDoneHdl() const { return aDone; }
+
+    void                 SetFormat( SotClipboardFormatId nFmt ) { aDdeData.SetFormat( nFmt );  }
+    SotClipboardFormatId GetFormat() const       { return aDdeData.GetFormat(); }
+
+    tools::Long            GetError() const;
+
+private:
+    friend class    DdeInternal;
+    friend class    DdeConnection;
+
+                            DdeTransaction( const DdeTransaction& ) = delete;
+    const DdeTransaction&   operator= ( const DdeTransaction& ) = delete;
+
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeLink : public DdeTransaction
+{
+    Link<void*,void> aNotify;
+
+public:
+                    DdeLink( DdeConnection&, const OUString&, tools::Long = 0 );
+    virtual        ~DdeLink() override;
+
+    void            SetNotifyHdl( const Link<void*,void>& rLink ) { aNotify = rLink; }
+    const Link<void*,void>&   GetNotifyHdl() const { return aNotify; }
+    void    Notify();
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeHotLink : public DdeLink
+{
+public:
+            DdeHotLink( DdeConnection&, const OUString& );
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeRequest : public DdeTransaction
+{
+public:
+            DdeRequest( DdeConnection&, const OUString&, tools::Long = 0 );
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdePoke : public DdeTransaction
+{
+public:
+            DdePoke( DdeConnection&, const OUString&, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const DdeData&, tools::Long = 0 );
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeExecute : public DdeTransaction
+{
+public:
+            DdeExecute( DdeConnection&, const OUString&, tools::Long = 0 );
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeConnection
+{
+    friend class    DdeInternal;
+    friend class    DdeTransaction;
+    std::vector<DdeTransaction*> aTransactions;
+    DdeString*      pService;
+    DdeString*      pTopic;
+    std::unique_ptr<DdeImp> pImp;
+
+public:
+                    DdeConnection( SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString&, SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString& );
+                    ~DdeConnection();
+
+    tools::Long            GetError() const;
+
+    static const std::vector<DdeConnection*>& GetConnections();
+
+    bool            IsConnected();
+
+    OUString        GetServiceName() const;
+    OUString        GetTopicName() const;
+
+private:
+                            DdeConnection( const DdeConnection& ) = delete;
+    const DdeConnection&    operator= ( const DdeConnection& ) = delete;
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeItem
+{
+    friend class    DdeInternal;
+    friend class    DdeTopic;
+    DdeString*      pName;
+    DdeTopic*       pMyTopic;
+    std::vector<DdeItemImpData>* pImpData;
+
+protected:
+    sal_uInt8            nType;
+
+public:
+                    DdeItem( const sal_Unicode* );
+                    DdeItem( SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString& );
+                    DdeItem( const DdeItem& );
+                    virtual ~DdeItem();
+
+    OUString GetName() const;
+    short           GetLinks();
+    void            NotifyClient();
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeGetPutItem : public DdeItem
+{
+public:
+                    DdeGetPutItem( const sal_Unicode* p );
+                    DdeGetPutItem( const OUString& rStr );
+                    DdeGetPutItem( const DdeItem& rItem );
+
+    virtual DdeData* Get( SotClipboardFormatId );
+    virtual bool    Put( const DdeData* );
+    virtual void    AdviseLoop( bool );     // Start / Stop AdviseLoop
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeTopic
+{
+
+public:
+    virtual DdeData* Get(SotClipboardFormatId);
+    virtual bool Put( const DdeData* );
+    virtual bool Execute( const OUString* );
+    // Eventually create a new item. return 0 -> Item creation failed
+    virtual bool MakeItem( const OUString& rItem );
+
+    // A Warm-/Hot-Link is created. Return true if successful
+    virtual bool    StartAdviseLoop();
+
+private:
+    friend class    DdeInternal;
+    friend class    DdeService;
+    friend class    DdeItem;
+
+private:
+    DdeString*            pName;
+    OUString              aItem;
+    std::vector<DdeItem*> aItems;
+
+public:
+                    DdeTopic( SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString& );
+    virtual        ~DdeTopic();
+
+    OUString        GetName() const;
+
+    void            NotifyClient( const OUString& );
+    bool            IsSystemTopic();
+
+    void            InsertItem( DdeItem* );     // For own superclasses
+    DdeItem*        AddItem( const DdeItem& );  // Will be cloned
+    void            RemoveItem( const DdeItem& );
+    const OUString& GetCurItem() const { return aItem;  }
+    const std::vector<DdeItem*>& GetItems() const  { return aItems; }
+
+private:
+                    DdeTopic( const DdeTopic& ) = delete;
+    const DdeTopic& operator= ( const DdeTopic& ) = delete;
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC DdeService
+{
+    friend class    DdeInternal;
+
+protected:
+    OUString Topics();
+    OUString Formats();
+    OUString SysItems();
+    OUString Status();
+
+    const DdeTopic* GetSysTopic() const { return pSysTopic; }
+private:
+    std::vector<DdeTopic*> aTopics;
+    std::vector< sal_uInt32 > aFormats;
+    DdeTopic*       pSysTopic;
+    DdeString*      pName;
+    std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Conversation>>
+                    m_vConv;
+    short           nStatus;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool HasCbFormat( sal_uInt32 );
+
+public:
+                    DdeService( SAL_UNUSED_PARAMETER const OUString& );
+    virtual        ~DdeService();
+
+                    DdeService( const DdeService& ) = delete;
+    DdeService&     operator= ( const DdeService& ) = delete;
+
+    OUString        GetName() const;
+    short           GetError() const { return nStatus; }
+
+    static DdeServices& GetServices();
+    std::vector<DdeTopic*>& GetTopics() { return aTopics; }
+
+    void            AddTopic( const DdeTopic& );
+    void            RemoveTopic( const DdeTopic& );
+
+    void            AddFormat(SotClipboardFormatId);
+    void            RemoveFormat(SotClipboardFormatId);
+    bool            HasFormat(SotClipboardFormatId);
+};
+
+
+inline tools::Long DdeTransaction::GetError() const
+{
+    return rDde.GetError();
+}
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_SVDDE_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/svl.hrc b/include/svl/svl.hrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4210e9076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/svl.hrc
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SVL_HRC
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SVL_HRC
+
+#define NC_(Context, String) TranslateId(Context, u8##String)
+
+//  Internet Media Type Presentations
+
+#define STR_SVT_MIMETYPE_CNT_FSYSBOX            NC_("STR_SVT_MIMETYPE_CNT_FSYSBOX", "Workplace")
+#define STR_FILECTRL_BUTTONTEXT                 NC_("STR_FILECTRL_BUTTONTEXT", "Browse...")
+
+// tdf#145919 localizable strings to be shared in vcl and cui modules
+#define GRTSTR_PASSED                               NC_("GRTSTR_PASSED", "PASSED")
+#define GRTSTR_QUIRKY                               NC_("GRTSTR_QUIRKY", "QUIRKY")
+#define GRTSTR_FAILED                               NC_("GRTSTR_FAILED", "FAILED")
+#define GRTSTR_SKIPPED                              NC_("GRTSTR_SKIPPED", "SKIPPED")
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/svldllapi.h b/include/svl/svldllapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31402a7b19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/svldllapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SVLDLLAPI_H
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SVLDLLAPI_H
+
+#include <sal/types.h>
+
+#if defined(SVL_DLLIMPLEMENTATION)
+#define SVL_DLLPUBLIC SAL_DLLPUBLIC_EXPORT
+#else
+#define SVL_DLLPUBLIC SAL_DLLPUBLIC_IMPORT
+#endif
+#define SVL_DLLPRIVATE SAL_DLLPRIVATE
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_SVLDLLAPI_H
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/svlresid.hxx b/include/svl/svlresid.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b57aa2c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/svlresid.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_SVTRESID_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_SVTRESID_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <unotools/resmgr.hxx>
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString SvlResId(TranslateId sContextAndId);
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_SVTRESID_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/typedwhich.hxx b/include/svl/typedwhich.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e96ad8228d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/typedwhich.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4; fill-column: 100 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_TYPEDWHICH_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_TYPEDWHICH_HXX
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+/**
+ * A very thin wrapper around the sal_uInt16 WhichId whose purpose is mostly to carry type information,
+ * so that we Put() and Get() the right subclasses of SfxPoolItem for each WhichId.
+ */
+template <class T> class TypedWhichId final
+{
+public:
+    explicit constexpr TypedWhichId(sal_uInt16 nWhich)
+        : mnWhich(nWhich)
+    {
+    }
+
+    /** Up-casting conversion constructor
+    */
+    template <class derived_type>
+    constexpr TypedWhichId(TypedWhichId<derived_type> other,
+                           std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of_v<T, derived_type>, int> = 0)
+        : mnWhich(sal_uInt16(other))
+    {
+    }
+
+    constexpr operator sal_uInt16() const { return mnWhich; }
+
+private:
+    sal_uInt16 mnWhich;
+};
+
+template <class T> constexpr bool operator==(TypedWhichId<T> const& lhs, TypedWhichId<T> rhs)
+{
+    return sal_uInt16(lhs) == sal_uInt16(rhs);
+}
+template <class T> constexpr bool operator!=(TypedWhichId<T> const& lhs, TypedWhichId<T> rhs)
+{
+    return sal_uInt16(lhs) != sal_uInt16(rhs);
+}
+template <class T> constexpr bool operator==(sal_uInt16 lhs, TypedWhichId<T> const& rhs)
+{
+    return lhs == sal_uInt16(rhs);
+}
+template <class T> constexpr bool operator!=(sal_uInt16 lhs, TypedWhichId<T> const& rhs)
+{
+    return lhs != sal_uInt16(rhs);
+}
+template <class T> constexpr bool operator==(TypedWhichId<T> const& lhs, sal_uInt16 rhs)
+{
+    return sal_uInt16(lhs) == rhs;
+}
+template <class T> constexpr bool operator!=(TypedWhichId<T> const& lhs, sal_uInt16 rhs)
+{
+    return sal_uInt16(lhs) != rhs;
+}
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_TYPEDWHICH_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab cinoptions=b1,g0,N-s cinkeys+=0=break: */
diff --git a/include/svl/undo.hxx b/include/svl/undo.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7d1e47537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/undo.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_UNDO_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_UNDO_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <tools/datetime.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/strong_int.hxx>
+
+#include <memory>
+#include <vector>
+
+typedef o3tl::strong_int<sal_Int32, struct ViewShellIdTag> ViewShellId;
+typedef o3tl::strong_int<int, struct ViewShellDocIdTag> ViewShellDocId;
+
+typedef struct _xmlTextWriter* xmlTextWriterPtr;
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SAL_LOPLUGIN_ANNOTATE("crosscast") SfxRepeatTarget
+{
+public:
+    virtual             ~SfxRepeatTarget() = 0;
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUndoContext
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * Don't undo the top undo action, but an earlier one. It's the caller's responsibility to
+     * ensure that the earlier undo action is independent from the following ones.
+     */
+    virtual size_t GetUndoOffset() { return 0; }
+
+    virtual             ~SfxUndoContext() = 0;
+};
+
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUndoAction
+{
+public:
+                            SfxUndoAction();
+    virtual                 ~SfxUndoAction() COVERITY_NOEXCEPT_FALSE;
+
+    virtual void            Undo();
+    virtual void            UndoWithContext( SfxUndoContext& i_context );
+    virtual void            Redo();
+    virtual void            RedoWithContext( SfxUndoContext& i_context );
+    virtual void            Repeat(SfxRepeatTarget&);
+    virtual bool            CanRepeat(SfxRepeatTarget&) const;
+
+    virtual bool            Merge( SfxUndoAction *pNextAction );
+
+    virtual OUString    GetComment() const;
+    virtual OUString    GetRepeatComment(SfxRepeatTarget&) const;
+    /// ID of the view shell that created this undo action.
+    virtual ViewShellId GetViewShellId() const;
+    /// Timestamp when this undo item was created.
+    const DateTime& GetDateTime() const;
+    virtual void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const;
+
+private:
+    SfxUndoAction( const SfxUndoAction& ) = delete;
+    SfxUndoAction& operator=( const SfxUndoAction& ) = delete;
+
+    DateTime m_aDateTime;
+};
+
+
+/// is a mark on the Undo stack
+typedef sal_Int32 UndoStackMark;
+#define MARK_INVALID    ::std::numeric_limits< UndoStackMark >::max()
+
+struct MarkedUndoAction
+{
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxUndoAction>  pAction;
+    ::std::vector< UndoStackMark >  aMarks;
+
+    MarkedUndoAction(std::unique_ptr<SfxUndoAction> p) : pAction(std::move(p)) {}
+};
+
+/** do not make use of these implementation details, unless you
+    really really have to! */
+struct SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUndoArray
+{
+    std::vector<MarkedUndoAction> maUndoActions;
+    size_t                  nMaxUndoActions;
+    size_t                  nCurUndoAction;
+    SfxUndoArray            *pFatherUndoArray;
+
+    SfxUndoArray(size_t nMax=0) :
+        nMaxUndoActions(nMax), nCurUndoAction(0), pFatherUndoArray(nullptr) {}
+    virtual ~SfxUndoArray();
+
+    SfxUndoArray& operator=( SfxUndoArray const & ) = delete; // MSVC2017 workaround
+    SfxUndoArray( SfxUndoArray const & ) = delete; // MSVC2017 workaround
+
+    SfxUndoAction* GetUndoAction(size_t idx) { return maUndoActions[idx].pAction.get(); }
+    std::unique_ptr<SfxUndoAction> Remove(int idx);
+    void Remove( size_t i_pos, size_t i_count );
+    void Insert( std::unique_ptr<SfxUndoAction> i_action, size_t i_pos );
+};
+
+
+/** do not make use of these implementation details, unless you
+    really really have to! */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxListUndoAction final : public SfxUndoAction, public SfxUndoArray
+
+/*  [Explanation]
+
+    UndoAction to composite multiple Undos in one UndoAction.
+    These actions are used by SfxUndomanager. With < SfxUndoManager::EnterListAction >
+    you can go one composite level down and with < SfxUndoManager::LeaveListAction > up again.
+    Redo and Undo work element wise on SfxListUndoActions.
+*/
+{
+    struct Impl;
+    std::unique_ptr<Impl> mpImpl;
+
+public:
+
+    SfxListUndoAction(
+        const OUString &rComment, const OUString& rRepeatComment, sal_uInt16 nId, ViewShellId nViewShellId, SfxUndoArray *pFather );
+    virtual ~SfxListUndoAction() override;
+
+    virtual void            Undo() override;
+    virtual void            UndoWithContext( SfxUndoContext& i_context ) override;
+    virtual void            Redo() override;
+    virtual void            RedoWithContext( SfxUndoContext& i_context ) override;
+    virtual void            Repeat(SfxRepeatTarget&) override;
+    virtual bool            CanRepeat(SfxRepeatTarget&) const override;
+
+    virtual bool            Merge( SfxUndoAction *pNextAction ) override;
+
+    virtual OUString        GetComment() const override;
+    /// See SfxUndoAction::GetViewShellId().
+    ViewShellId GetViewShellId() const override;
+    virtual OUString        GetRepeatComment(SfxRepeatTarget&) const override;
+    sal_uInt16              GetId() const;
+
+    void SetComment(const OUString& rComment);
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+};
+
+
+/**  is a callback interface for notifications about state changes of an SfxUndoManager
+*/
+class SAL_NO_VTABLE SfxUndoListener
+{
+public:
+    virtual void actionUndone( const OUString& i_actionComment ) = 0;
+    virtual void actionRedone( const OUString& i_actionComment ) = 0;
+    virtual void undoActionAdded( const OUString& i_actionComment ) = 0;
+    virtual void cleared() = 0;
+    virtual void clearedRedo() = 0;
+    virtual void resetAll() = 0;
+    virtual void listActionEntered( const OUString& i_comment ) = 0;
+    virtual void listActionLeft( const OUString& i_comment ) = 0;
+    virtual void listActionCancelled() = 0;
+
+protected:
+    ~SfxUndoListener() {}
+};
+
+
+namespace svl::undo::impl
+{
+    class UndoManagerGuard;
+    class LockGuard;
+}
+
+struct SfxUndoManager_Data;
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxUndoManager
+{
+    std::unique_ptr< SfxUndoManager_Data >
+                            m_xData;
+public:
+    static bool const CurrentLevel = true;
+    static bool const TopLevel = false;
+
+                            SfxUndoManager( size_t nMaxUndoActionCount = 20 );
+    virtual                 ~SfxUndoManager();
+
+    void                    SetMaxUndoActionCount( size_t nMaxUndoActionCount );
+    size_t                  GetMaxUndoActionCount() const;
+    virtual void            AddUndoAction( std::unique_ptr<SfxUndoAction> pAction, bool bTryMerg=false );
+    virtual size_t          GetUndoActionCount( bool const i_currentLevel = CurrentLevel ) const;
+    OUString                GetUndoActionComment( size_t nNo=0, bool const i_currentLevel = CurrentLevel ) const;
+    SfxUndoAction*          GetUndoAction( size_t nNo=0 ) const;
+    /// Get info about all undo actions (comment, view shell id, etc.)
+    OUString                GetUndoActionsInfo() const;
+    virtual size_t          GetRedoActionCount( bool const i_currentLevel = CurrentLevel ) const;
+    OUString                GetRedoActionComment( size_t nNo=0, bool const i_currentLevel = CurrentLevel ) const;
+    SfxUndoAction* GetRedoAction(size_t nNo = 0) const;
+    /// Get info about all redo actions (comment, view shell id, etc.)
+    OUString                GetRedoActionsInfo() const;
+    virtual bool            Undo();
+    virtual bool            Redo();
+    /** Clears both the Redo and the Undo stack.
+        Will assert and bail out when called while within a list action (<member>IsInListAction</member>).
+    */
+    virtual void            Clear();
+    /** Clears the Redo stack.
+        Will assert and bail out when called while within a list action (<member>IsInListAction</member>).
+    */
+    virtual void            ClearRedo();
+    /** leaves any possible open list action (<member>IsInListAction</member>), and clears both the Undo and the
+        Redo stack.
+
+        Effectively, calling this method is equivalent to <code>while ( IsInListAction() ) LeaveListAction();</code>,
+        followed by <code>Clear()</code>. The only difference to this calling sequence is that Reset is an
+        atomic operation, also resulting in only one notification.
+    */
+    void                    Reset();
+    /** determines whether an Undo or Redo is currently running
+    */
+    bool                    IsDoing() const;
+    size_t                  GetRepeatActionCount() const;
+    OUString                GetRepeatActionComment( SfxRepeatTarget &rTarget) const;
+    bool                    Repeat( SfxRepeatTarget &rTarget );
+    bool                    CanRepeat( SfxRepeatTarget &rTarget ) const;
+    virtual void            EnterListAction(const OUString &rComment, const OUString& rRepeatComment, sal_uInt16 nId, ViewShellId nViewShellId);
+    /** Leaves the list action entered with EnterListAction
+        @return the number of the sub actions in the list which has just been left. Note that in case no such
+            actions exist, the list action does not contribute to the Undo stack, but is silently removed.
+    */
+    size_t                  LeaveListAction();
+
+    /** Leaves the list action entered with EnterListAction, and forcefully merges the previous
+        action on the stack into the newly created list action.
+
+        Say you have an Undo action A on the stack, then call EnterListAction, followed by one or more calls to
+        AddUndoAction, followed by a call to LeaveAndMergeListAction. In opposite to LeaveListAction, your Undo
+        stack will now still contain one undo action: the newly created list action, whose first child is the
+        original A, whose other children are those you added via AddUndoAction, and whose comment is the same as
+        the comment of A.
+
+        Effectively, this means that all actions added between EnterListAction and LeaveAndMergeListAction are
+        hidden from the user.
+
+        @return the number of the sub actions in the list which has just been left. Note that in case no such
+            actions exist, the list action does not contribute to the Undo stack, but is silently removed.
+    */
+    size_t                  LeaveAndMergeListAction();
+    /// determines whether we're within a ListAction context, i.e. a LeaveListAction/LeaveAndMergeListAction call is pending
+    bool                    IsInListAction() const;
+    /// Determines how many nested list actions are currently open
+    size_t                  GetListActionDepth() const;
+    /** Clears the redo stack and removes the top undo action */
+    void                    RemoveLastUndoAction();
+    /** enables (true) or disables (false) recording of undo actions
+
+        If undo actions are added while undo is disabled, they are deleted.
+        Disabling undo does not clear the current undo buffer!
+
+        Multiple calls to <code>EnableUndo</code> are not cumulative. That is, calling <code>EnableUndo( false )</code>
+        twice, and then calling <code>EnableUndo( true )</code> means that Undo is enable afterwards.
+    */
+    void                    EnableUndo( bool bEnable );
+    /// returns true if undo is currently enabled.
+    /// This returns false if undo was disabled using EnableUndo( false ) and
+    /// also during the runtime of the Undo() and Redo() methods.
+    bool                    IsUndoEnabled() const;
+    /// Adds a new listener to be notified about changes in the UndoManager's state
+    void                    AddUndoListener( SfxUndoListener& i_listener );
+    void                    RemoveUndoListener( SfxUndoListener& i_listener );
+    bool                    IsEmptyActions() const;
+
+
+    /** marks the current top-level element of the Undo stack, and returns a unique ID for it
+    */
+    UndoStackMark   MarkTopUndoAction();
+
+    /** removes a mark given by its ID.
+        After the call, the mark ID is invalid.
+    */
+    void            RemoveMark( UndoStackMark const i_mark );
+
+    /** determines whether the top action on the Undo stack has a given mark
+    */
+    bool            HasTopUndoActionMark( UndoStackMark const i_mark );
+
+    /** removes the oldest Undo actions from the stack
+    */
+    void            RemoveOldestUndoAction();
+
+    void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const;
+
+protected:
+    bool    UndoWithContext( SfxUndoContext& i_context );
+    bool    RedoWithContext( SfxUndoContext& i_context );
+
+    void    ImplClearRedo_NoLock( bool const i_currentLevel );
+
+    /** clears all undo actions on the current level, plus all undo actions on superordinate levels,
+        as soon as those levels are reached.
+
+        If no list action is active currently, i.e. we're on the top level already, this method is equivalent to
+        ->Clear.
+
+        Otherwise, the Undo actions on the current level are removed. Upon leaving the current list action, all
+        undo actions on the then-current level are removed, too. This is continued until the top level is reached.
+    */
+    void    ClearAllLevels();
+    virtual void EmptyActionsChanged();
+
+private:
+    size_t  ImplLeaveListAction( const bool i_merge, ::svl::undo::impl::UndoManagerGuard& i_guard );
+    bool    ImplAddUndoAction_NoNotify( std::unique_ptr<SfxUndoAction> pAction, bool bTryMerge, bool bClearRedo, ::svl::undo::impl::UndoManagerGuard& i_guard );
+    void    ImplClearRedo( ::svl::undo::impl::UndoManagerGuard& i_guard, bool const i_currentLevel );
+    void    ImplClearUndo( ::svl::undo::impl::UndoManagerGuard& i_guard );
+    void    ImplClearCurrentLevel_NoNotify( ::svl::undo::impl::UndoManagerGuard& i_guard );
+    size_t  ImplGetRedoActionCount_Lock( bool const i_currentLevel = CurrentLevel ) const;
+    bool    ImplIsUndoEnabled_Lock() const;
+    bool    ImplIsInListAction_Lock() const;
+    void    ImplEnableUndo_Lock( bool const i_enable );
+
+    bool    ImplUndo( SfxUndoContext* i_contextOrNull );
+    bool    ImplRedo( SfxUndoContext* i_contextOrNull );
+    void    ImplCheckEmptyActions();
+    inline  bool    ImplIsEmptyActions() const;
+
+    friend class ::svl::undo::impl::LockGuard;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/urihelper.hxx b/include/svl/urihelper.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68843c17a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/urihelper.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_URIHELPER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_URIHELPER_HXX
+
+#include <com/sun/star/uno/Reference.hxx>
+#include <rtl/textenc.h>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <tools/link.hxx>
+#include <tools/urlobj.hxx>
+
+namespace com::sun::star {
+    namespace uno { class XComponentContext; }
+    namespace uri { class XUriReference; }
+}
+
+class CharClass;
+
+namespace URIHelper {
+
+/**
+   @ATT
+   Calling this function with defaulted arguments rMaybeFileHdl = Link() and
+   bCheckFileExists = true often leads to results that are not intended:
+   Whenever the given rTheBaseURIRef is a file URL, the given rTheRelURIRef is
+   relative, and rTheRelURIRef could also be smart-parsed as a non-file URL
+   (e.g., the relative URL "foo/bar" can be smart-parsed as "http://foo/bar"),
+   then SmartRel2Abs called with rMaybeFileHdl = Link() and bCheckFileExists =
+   true returns the non-file URL interpretation.  To avoid this, either pass
+   some non-null rMaybeFileHdl if you want to check generated file URLs for
+   existence (see URIHelper::GetMaybeFileHdl), or use bCheckFileExists = false
+   if you want to generate file URLs without checking for their existence.
+*/
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString SmartRel2Abs(INetURLObject const & rTheBaseURIRef,
+                                    OUString const & rTheRelURIRef,
+                                    Link<OUString *, bool> const & rMaybeFileHdl = Link<OUString *, bool>(),
+                                    bool bCheckFileExists = true,
+                                    bool bIgnoreFragment = false,
+                                    INetURLObject::EncodeMechanism eEncodeMechanism = INetURLObject::EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                                    INetURLObject::DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism = INetURLObject::DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                                    rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8,
+                                    FSysStyle eStyle = FSysStyle::Detect);
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC void SetMaybeFileHdl(Link<OUString *, bool> const & rTheMaybeFileHdl);
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC Link<OUString *, bool> const & GetMaybeFileHdl();
+
+/**
+   Converts a URI reference to a relative one, ignoring certain differences (for
+   example, treating file URLs for case-ignoring file systems
+   case-insensitively).
+
+   @param context a component context; must not be null
+
+   @param baseUriReference a base URI reference
+
+   @param uriReference a URI reference
+
+   @return a URI reference representing the given uriReference relative to the
+   given baseUriReference; if the given baseUriReference is not an absolute,
+   hierarchical URI reference, or the given uriReference is not a valid URI
+   reference, null is returned
+
+   @exception std::bad_alloc if an out-of-memory condition occurs
+
+   @exception css::uno::RuntimeException if any error occurs
+ */
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC css::uno::Reference< css::uri::XUriReference >
+normalizedMakeRelative(
+    css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext > const & context,
+    OUString const & baseUriReference,
+    OUString const & uriReference);
+
+/**
+   A variant of normalizedMakeRelative with a simplified interface.
+
+   Internally calls normalizedMakeRelative with the default component context.
+
+   @param baseUriReference a base URI reference, passed to
+   normalizedMakeRelative
+
+   @param uriReference a URI reference, passed to normalizedMakeRelative
+
+   @return if the XUriReference returned by normalizedMakeRelative is empty,
+   uriReference is returned unmodified; otherwise, the result of calling
+   XUriReference::getUriReference on the XUriReference returned by
+   normalizedMakeRelative is returned
+
+   @exception std::bad_alloc if an out-of-memory condition occurs
+
+   @exception css::uno::RuntimeException if any error occurs
+
+   @deprecated
+   No code should rely on the default component context.
+*/
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString simpleNormalizedMakeRelative( OUString const & baseUriReference,
+                                                     OUString const & uriReference);
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString FindFirstURLInText(OUString const & rText,
+                                          sal_Int32 & rBegin,
+                                          sal_Int32 & rEnd,
+                                          CharClass const & rCharClass,
+                                          INetURLObject::EncodeMechanism eMechanism = INetURLObject::EncodeMechanism::WasEncoded,
+                                          rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString FindFirstDOIInText(OUString const & rText,
+                                          sal_Int32 & rBegin,
+                                          sal_Int32 & rEnd,
+                                          CharClass const & rCharClass);
+
+/** Remove any password component from both absolute and relative URLs.
+
+    @ATT  The current implementation will not remove a password from a
+    relative URL that has an authority component (e.g., the password is not
+    removed from the relative ftp URL <//user:password@domain/path>).  But
+    since our functions to translate between absolute and relative URLs never
+    produce relative URLs with authority components, this is no real problem.
+
+    @ATT  For relative URLs (or anything not recognized as an absolute URI),
+    the current implementation will return the input unmodified, not applying
+    any translations implied by the encode/decode parameters.
+
+    @param rURI  An absolute or relative URI reference.
+
+    @param eEncodeMechanism  See the general discussion for INetURLObject set-
+    methods.
+
+    @param eDecodeMechanism  See the general discussion for INetURLObject get-
+    methods.
+
+    @param eCharset  See the general discussion for INetURLObject get- and
+    set-methods.
+
+    @return  The input URI with any password component removed.
+ */
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString removePassword(OUString const & rURI,
+                                      INetURLObject::EncodeMechanism eEncodeMechanism,
+                                      INetURLObject::DecodeMechanism eDecodeMechanism = INetURLObject::DecodeMechanism::ToIUri,
+                                      rtl_TextEncoding eCharset = RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8);
+
+/** Resolve a URL's host component domain name in IDNA syntax to plain DNS
+    syntax.
+
+    For details, see RFC 5890 "Internationalized Domain Names for Applications
+    (IDNA): Definitions and Document Framework."
+
+    @param: url  An arbitrary string, should be a URI.
+
+    @return  If the input matches the syntax of a hierarchical URL, and it has
+    a host component that matches the IDNA2008 domain name syntax, and that
+    domain name contains any U-labels, return a version of the input URL with
+    the host component resolved to plain DNS syntax.  Otherwise, return the
+    input unchanged.
+*/
+SVL_DLLPUBLIC OUString resolveIdnaHost(OUString const & url);
+
+}
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_URIHELPER_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/urlbmk.hxx b/include/svl/urlbmk.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2a090806d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/urlbmk.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_URLBMK_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_URLBMK_HXX
+
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <utility>
+
+
+/**
+ * This class represents a bookmark that consists of a URL and
+ * a corresponding description text.
+ *
+ * There is an own clipboard format and helper methods to copy
+ * to and from clipboard and DragServer.
+ */
+class INetBookmark
+{
+    OUString          aUrl;
+    OUString          aDescr;
+
+public:
+                    INetBookmark( OUString _aUrl, OUString _aDescr )
+                        : aUrl(std::move( _aUrl )), aDescr(std::move( _aDescr ))
+                    {}
+                    INetBookmark()
+                    {}
+
+    const OUString& GetURL() const          { return aUrl; }
+    const OUString& GetDescription() const  { return aDescr; }
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/visitem.hxx b/include/svl/visitem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ae5cdd550
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/visitem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_VISITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_VISITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+#include <com/sun/star/frame/status/Visibility.hpp>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxVisibilityItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+    css::frame::status::Visibility m_nValue;
+
+public:
+
+    explicit SfxVisibilityItem(sal_uInt16 which, bool bVisible):
+        SfxPoolItem(which)
+    {
+        m_nValue.bVisible = bVisible;
+    }
+
+    virtual bool operator ==(const SfxPoolItem & rItem) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation, MapUnit, MapUnit,
+                                 OUString & rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&)
+        const override;
+
+    virtual bool QueryValue( css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                             sal_uInt8 nMemberId = 0 ) const override;
+
+    virtual bool PutValue( const css::uno::Any& rVal,
+                           sal_uInt8 nMemberId ) override;
+
+    virtual SfxVisibilityItem* Clone(SfxItemPool * = nullptr) const override;
+
+    bool GetValue() const { return m_nValue.bVisible; }
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_VISITEM_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/voiditem.hxx b/include/svl/voiditem.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..911c691470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/voiditem.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_VOIDITEM_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_VOIDITEM_HXX
+
+#include <svl/poolitem.hxx>
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxVoidItem final : public SfxPoolItem
+{
+public:
+    static SfxPoolItem* CreateDefault();
+
+    explicit SfxVoidItem(sal_uInt16 nWhich);
+    SfxVoidItem(const SfxVoidItem& rCopy);
+    SfxVoidItem(SfxVoidItem&& rOrig);
+    virtual ~SfxVoidItem() override;
+
+    SfxVoidItem& operator=(SfxVoidItem const&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+    SfxVoidItem& operator=(SfxVoidItem&&) = delete; // due to SfxPoolItem
+
+    virtual bool operator==(const SfxPoolItem&) const override;
+
+    virtual bool GetPresentation(SfxItemPresentation ePres, MapUnit eCoreMetric,
+                                 MapUnit ePresMetric, OUString& rText,
+                                 const IntlWrapper&) const override;
+    virtual void dumpAsXml(xmlTextWriterPtr pWriter) const override;
+
+    // create a copy of itself
+    virtual SfxVoidItem* Clone(SfxItemPool* pPool = nullptr) const override;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/whichranges.hxx b/include/svl/whichranges.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37a3d34e56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/whichranges.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4; fill-column: 100 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <sal/config.h>
+#include <sal/types.h>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <array>
+#include <memory>
+#include <cassert>
+
+typedef std::pair<sal_uInt16, sal_uInt16> WhichPair;
+
+namespace svl
+{
+namespace detail
+{
+constexpr bool validRange(sal_uInt16 wid1, sal_uInt16 wid2) { return wid1 != 0 && wid1 <= wid2; }
+
+constexpr bool validGap(sal_uInt16 wid1, sal_uInt16 wid2) { return wid2 > wid1; }
+
+template <sal_uInt16 WID1, sal_uInt16 WID2> constexpr bool validRanges()
+{
+    return validRange(WID1, WID2);
+}
+
+template <sal_uInt16 WID1, sal_uInt16 WID2, sal_uInt16 WID3, sal_uInt16... WIDs>
+constexpr bool validRanges()
+{
+    return validRange(WID1, WID2) && validGap(WID2, WID3) && validRanges<WID3, WIDs...>();
+}
+
+// The calculations in rangeSize cannot overflow, assuming
+// std::size_t is no smaller than sal_uInt16:
+constexpr std::size_t rangeSize(sal_uInt16 wid1, sal_uInt16 wid2)
+{
+    assert(validRange(wid1, wid2));
+    return wid2 - wid1 + 1;
+}
+}
+
+template <sal_uInt16... WIDs> struct Items_t
+{
+    using Array = std::array<WhichPair, sizeof...(WIDs) / 2>;
+    template <sal_uInt16 WID1, sal_uInt16 WID2, sal_uInt16... Rest>
+    static constexpr void fill(typename Array::iterator it)
+    {
+        it->first = WID1;
+        it->second = WID2;
+        if constexpr (sizeof...(Rest) > 0)
+            fill<Rest...>(++it);
+    }
+    static constexpr Array make()
+    {
+        assert(svl::detail::validRanges<WIDs...>());
+        Array a{};
+        fill<WIDs...>(a.begin());
+        return a;
+    }
+    // This is passed to WhichRangesContainer so we can avoid needing to malloc()
+    // for compile-time data.
+    static constexpr Array value = make();
+};
+
+template <sal_uInt16... WIDs> inline static constexpr auto Items = Items_t<WIDs...>{};
+}
+
+#define INVALID_WHICHPAIR_OFFSET (sal_uInt16(0xffff))
+
+/**
+ * Most of the time, the which ranges we point at are a compile-time literal.
+ * So we take advantage of that, and avoid the cost of allocating our own array and copying into it.
+ */
+struct SVL_DLLPUBLIC WhichRangesContainer
+{
+    using const_iterator = WhichPair const*;
+
+    WhichPair const* m_pairs = nullptr;
+    sal_Int32 m_size = 0;
+    /** if true, we allocated and need to delete the pairs, if not, we are pointing
+      * at a global const literal */
+    bool m_bOwnRanges = false;
+
+    // variables for buffering the last used WhichPair to allow fast answers
+    // in getOffsetFromWhich
+    mutable sal_uInt16 m_aLastWhichPairOffset = INVALID_WHICHPAIR_OFFSET;
+    mutable sal_uInt16 m_aLastWhichPairFirst = 0;
+    mutable sal_uInt16 m_aLastWhichPairSecond = 0;
+
+    WhichRangesContainer() = default;
+
+    WhichRangesContainer(std::unique_ptr<WhichPair[]> wids, sal_Int32 nSize)
+        : m_pairs(wids.release())
+        , m_size(nSize)
+        , m_bOwnRanges(true)
+        , m_aLastWhichPairOffset(INVALID_WHICHPAIR_OFFSET)
+        , m_aLastWhichPairFirst(0)
+        , m_aLastWhichPairSecond(0)
+    {
+    }
+    template <sal_uInt16... WIDs>
+    WhichRangesContainer(svl::Items_t<WIDs...>)
+        : m_pairs(svl::Items_t<WIDs...>::value.data())
+        , m_size(svl::Items_t<WIDs...>::value.size())
+        , m_bOwnRanges(false)
+        , m_aLastWhichPairOffset(INVALID_WHICHPAIR_OFFSET)
+        , m_aLastWhichPairFirst(0)
+        , m_aLastWhichPairSecond(0)
+    {
+    }
+    WhichRangesContainer(const WhichPair* wids, sal_Int32 nSize);
+    WhichRangesContainer(sal_uInt16 nWhichStart, sal_uInt16 nWhichEnd);
+    WhichRangesContainer(WhichRangesContainer const& other) { operator=(other); }
+    WhichRangesContainer(WhichRangesContainer&& other);
+    ~WhichRangesContainer();
+
+    WhichRangesContainer& operator=(WhichRangesContainer&& other);
+    WhichRangesContainer& operator=(WhichRangesContainer const& other);
+
+    bool operator==(WhichRangesContainer const& other) const;
+    const_iterator begin() const noexcept { return m_pairs; }
+    const_iterator end() const noexcept { return begin() + size(); }
+    bool empty() const noexcept { return m_size == 0; }
+    sal_Int32 size() const noexcept { return m_size; }
+    WhichPair const& operator[](sal_Int32 idx) const noexcept
+    {
+        assert(idx >= 0 && idx < size() && "index out of range");
+        return m_pairs[idx];
+    }
+    void reset();
+
+    // calculate and return the offset inside the fixed SfxPoolItem
+    // array of SfxItemPool
+    sal_uInt16 getOffsetFromWhich(sal_uInt16 nWhich) const;
+
+    // extract the WhichID for given offset
+    sal_uInt16 getWhichFromOffset(sal_uInt16 nOffset) const;
+
+    // Adds a range to which ranges, keeping the ranges in valid state (sorted, non-overlapping)
+    SAL_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT WhichRangesContainer MergeRange(sal_uInt16 nFrom, sal_uInt16 nTo) const;
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab cinoptions=b1,g0,N-s cinkeys+=0=break: */
diff --git a/include/svl/whiter.hxx b/include/svl/whiter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..155d02d7f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/whiter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/whichranges.hxx>
+
+class SfxItemSet;
+class SfxPoolItem;
+enum class SfxItemState;
+
+/**
+ * Iterates over the which ids and the pool items arrays together (which are stored in parallel arrays).
+ * Primarily so that we can call GetItemSet on the SfxItemSet and pass in a hint, which avoids
+ * searching the array the SfxItemSet, which speeds up GetItemState greatly.
+ */
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SfxWhichIter
+{
+    const SfxItemSet& m_rItemSet;
+    const WhichPair* m_pCurrentWhichPair;
+    sal_uInt16 m_nOffsetFromStartOfCurrentWhichPair;
+    /// Offset into m_ppItems array in SfxItemSet
+    sal_uInt16 m_nItemsOffset;
+
+public:
+    SfxWhichIter(const SfxItemSet& rSet);
+
+    sal_uInt16 GetCurWhich() const;
+    sal_uInt16 NextWhich();
+    sal_uInt16 FirstWhich();
+    SfxItemState GetItemState(bool bSrchInParent = true,
+                              const SfxPoolItem** ppItem = nullptr) const;
+    void ClearItem();
+};
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/zforlist.hxx b/include/svl/zforlist.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9edfdf783
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/zforlist.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ZFORLIST_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ZFORLIST_HXX
+
+#include <config_options.h>
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <rtl/ustrbuf.hxx>
+#include <rtl/ustring.hxx>
+#include <o3tl/typed_flags_set.hxx>
+#include <i18nlangtag/lang.h>
+#include <com/sun/star/util/NumberFormat.hpp>
+#include <unotools/localedatawrapper.hxx>
+
+#include <map>
+#include <unordered_map>
+
+namespace com::sun::star::i18n { struct Currency; }
+
+class SvNumberformat;
+
+#define SV_COUNTRY_LANGUAGE_OFFSET     10000  // Max count of formats per country/language
+#define SV_MAX_COUNT_STANDARD_FORMATS  100    // Max count of builtin default formats per CL
+
+constexpr size_t NF_MAX_FORMAT_SYMBOLS = 100;
+
+/// The built-in @ Text format, offset within a locale, key in the locale the
+/// number formatter was constructed with.
+constexpr sal_uInt32 NF_STANDARD_FORMAT_TEXT = SV_MAX_COUNT_STANDARD_FORMATS;
+
+constexpr sal_uInt32 NUMBERFORMAT_ENTRY_NOT_FOUND  = 0xffffffff;   /// MAX_ULONG
+
+enum class SvNumFormatType : sal_Int16
+{
+    /** selects all number formats.
+      */
+     ALL = css::util::NumberFormat::ALL, // 0
+     /** selects only user-defined number formats.
+      */
+     DEFINED = css::util::NumberFormat::DEFINED,  // 1
+     /** selects date formats.
+      */
+     DATE = css::util::NumberFormat::DATE, // 2
+     /** selects time formats.
+      */
+     TIME = css::util::NumberFormat::TIME, // 4
+     /** selects currency formats.
+      */
+     CURRENCY = css::util::NumberFormat::CURRENCY,  // 8
+     /** selects decimal number formats.
+      */
+     NUMBER = css::util::NumberFormat::NUMBER, // 16
+     /** selects scientific number formats.
+      */
+     SCIENTIFIC = css::util::NumberFormat::SCIENTIFIC, // 32
+     /** selects number formats for fractions.
+      */
+     FRACTION = css::util::NumberFormat::FRACTION, // 64
+     /** selects percentage number formats.
+      */
+     PERCENT = css::util::NumberFormat::PERCENT, // 128
+     /** selects text number formats.
+      */
+     TEXT = css::util::NumberFormat::TEXT, // 256
+     /** selects number formats which contain date and time.
+      */
+     DATETIME = DATE | TIME, // 6
+     /** selects boolean number formats.
+      */
+     LOGICAL = css::util::NumberFormat::LOGICAL, // 1024
+     /** is used as a return value if no format exists.
+      */
+     UNDEFINED = css::util::NumberFormat::UNDEFINED, // 2048
+     /** @internal is used to flag an empty sub format.
+         @since LibreOffice 5.1
+      */
+     EMPTY = css::util::NumberFormat::EMPTY, // 4096
+    /** @internal selects a time duration format.
+        8192 + TIME (4)
+        @since LibreOffice 6.2
+     */
+     DURATION = css::util::NumberFormat::DURATION, // 8196
+};
+namespace o3tl {
+    template<> struct typed_flags<SvNumFormatType> : is_typed_flags<SvNumFormatType, 0x3dff> {};
+}
+
+/** enum values for <method>SvNumberFormatter::GetFormatIndex</method>
+
+    <p>
+     Builtin standard formats, order should be also the arrangement in the
+    dialog list box representation.</p>
+
+    <p>
+     Date specials:<ul>
+    <li>SYSTEM: As set in System Regional Settings.
+    <li>SYS: short/long defined, order and separators from System Regional Settings.
+    <li>DEF: short/long and order defined, separators from System Regional Settings.
+    <li>DIN: all settings hard coded as DIN (Deutsche Industrie Norm) and EN (European Norm) require.
+    <li>all other: hard coded
+    </ul>
+
+    Do NOT insert any new values!
+    The values here correspond with those in offapi/com/sun/star/i18n/NumberFormatIndex.idl
+    You may append values though after NF_INDEX_TABLE_LOCALE_DATA_DEFAULTS.
+ */
+enum NfIndexTableOffset
+{
+    NF_NUMERIC_START = 0,
+
+    NF_NUMBER_START = NF_NUMERIC_START,
+    NF_NUMBER_STANDARD = NF_NUMBER_START,   // Standard/General
+    NF_NUMBER_INT,                          // 0
+    NF_NUMBER_DEC2,                         // 0.00
+    NF_NUMBER_1000INT,                      // #,##0
+    NF_NUMBER_1000DEC2,                     // #,##0.00
+    NF_NUMBER_SYSTEM,                       // #,##0.00 or whatever is set in System Regional Settings
+    NF_NUMBER_END = NF_NUMBER_SYSTEM,
+
+    NF_SCIENTIFIC_START,
+    NF_SCIENTIFIC_000E000 = NF_SCIENTIFIC_START,    // 0.00E+000
+    NF_SCIENTIFIC_000E00,                           // 0.00E+00
+    NF_SCIENTIFIC_END = NF_SCIENTIFIC_000E00,
+
+    NF_PERCENT_START,
+    NF_PERCENT_INT = NF_PERCENT_START,      // 0%
+    NF_PERCENT_DEC2,                        // 0.00%
+    NF_PERCENT_END = NF_PERCENT_DEC2,
+
+    NF_FRACTION_START,
+    NF_FRACTION_1D = NF_FRACTION_START,      // # ?/?
+    NF_FRACTION_2D,                          // # ??/??
+    NF_FRACTION_END = NF_FRACTION_2D,
+
+    NF_NUMERIC_END = NF_FRACTION_END,
+
+    NF_CURRENCY_START,
+    NF_CURRENCY_1000INT = NF_CURRENCY_START,// #,##0 DM
+    NF_CURRENCY_1000DEC2,                   // #,##0.00 DM
+    NF_CURRENCY_1000INT_RED,                // #,##0 DM         negative in red
+    NF_CURRENCY_1000DEC2_RED,               // #,##0.00 DM      negative in red
+    NF_CURRENCY_1000DEC2_CCC,               // #,##0.00 DEM     currency abbreviation
+    NF_CURRENCY_1000DEC2_DASHED,            // #,##0.-- DM
+    NF_CURRENCY_END = NF_CURRENCY_1000DEC2_DASHED,
+
+    NF_DATE_START,
+    NF_DATE_SYSTEM_SHORT = NF_DATE_START,   // 08.10.97
+    NF_DATE_SYSTEM_LONG,                    // Wednesday, 8. October 1997
+    NF_DATE_SYS_DDMMYY,                     // 08.10.97
+    NF_DATE_SYS_DDMMYYYY,                   // 08.10.1997                   THE edit format, formatindex="21"
+    NF_DATE_SYS_DMMMYY,                     // 8. Oct 97
+    NF_DATE_SYS_DMMMYYYY,                   // 8. Oct 1997
+    NF_DATE_DIN_DMMMYYYY,                   // 8. Oct. 1997                 DIN
+    NF_DATE_SYS_DMMMMYYYY,                  // 8. October 1997
+    NF_DATE_DIN_DMMMMYYYY,                  // 8. October 1997              DIN
+    NF_DATE_SYS_NNDMMMYY,                   // Wed, 8. Okt 97
+    NF_DATE_DEF_NNDDMMMYY,                  // Wed 08.Okt 97
+    NF_DATE_SYS_NNDMMMMYYYY,                // Wed, 8. Oktober 1997
+    NF_DATE_SYS_NNNNDMMMMYYYY,              // Wednesday, 8. Oktober 1997
+    NF_DATE_DIN_MMDD,                       // 10-08                        DIN
+    NF_DATE_DIN_YYMMDD,                     // 97-10-08                     DIN
+    NF_DATE_DIN_YYYYMMDD,                   // 1997-10-08                   DIN
+    NF_DATE_ISO_YYYYMMDD = NF_DATE_DIN_YYYYMMDD, // 1997-10-08              ISO clarify with name, formatindex="33"
+    NF_DATE_SYS_MMYY,                       // 10.97
+    NF_DATE_SYS_DDMMM,                      // 08.Oct
+    NF_DATE_MMMM,                           // October
+    NF_DATE_QQJJ,                           // 4. Quarter 97
+    NF_DATE_WW,                             // week of year
+    NF_DATE_END = NF_DATE_WW,
+
+    NF_TIME_START,
+    NF_TIME_HHMM = NF_TIME_START,           // HH:MM
+    NF_TIME_HHMMSS,                         // HH:MM:SS
+    NF_TIME_HHMMAMPM,                       // HH:MM AM/PM
+    NF_TIME_HHMMSSAMPM,                     // HH:MM:SS AM/PM
+    NF_TIME_HH_MMSS,                        // [HH]:MM:SS                   formatindex="43"
+    NF_TIME_MMSS00,                         // MM:SS,00                     formatindex="44"
+    NF_TIME_HH_MMSS00,                      // [HH]:MM:SS,00                formatindex="45"
+    NF_TIME_END = NF_TIME_HH_MMSS00,
+
+    NF_DATETIME_START,
+    NF_DATETIME_SYSTEM_SHORT_HHMM = NF_DATETIME_START,  // 08.10.97 01:23
+    NF_DATETIME_SYS_DDMMYYYY_HHMMSS,        // 08.10.1997 01:23:45          THE edit format, formatindex="47"
+    NF_DATETIME_END = NF_DATETIME_SYS_DDMMYYYY_HHMMSS,
+
+    NF_BOOLEAN,                             // BOOLEAN
+    NF_TEXT,                                // @
+
+    NF_INDEX_TABLE_LOCALE_DATA_DEFAULTS,    // == 50, old number of predefined entries, i18npool locale data additions start after this
+
+    // From here on are values of new predefined and built-in formats that are
+    // not in the original NumberFormatIndex.idl
+
+    // XXX Values appended here must also get a corresponding entry in
+    // svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx indexTable[] in the same order.
+
+    // XXX The dialog's number format shell assumes start/end spans
+    // (NF_..._START and NF_..._END above) to fill its categories with builtin
+    // formats, make new formats known to svx/source/items/numfmtsh.cxx
+    // SvxNumberFormatShell::FillEListWithStd_Impl(), otherwise they will not
+    // be listed at all. Yes that is ugly.
+    // DATETIME formats need to be added to
+    // SvxNumberFormatShell::FillEListWithDateTime_Impl().
+
+    // New predefined format added to i18npool locale data.
+    NF_DATETIME_SYS_DDMMYYYY_HHMM = NF_INDEX_TABLE_LOCALE_DATA_DEFAULTS,  // 08.10.1997 01:23  formatindex="50"
+
+    // No i18npool defined locale data between here and NF_INDEX_TABLE_ENTRIES.
+    NF_INDEX_TABLE_RESERVED_START,
+
+    NF_FRACTION_3D = NF_INDEX_TABLE_RESERVED_START,  // # ???/???
+    NF_FRACTION_2,                          // # ?/2
+    NF_FRACTION_4,                          // # ?/4
+    NF_FRACTION_8,                          // # ?/8
+    NF_FRACTION_16,                         // # ??/16
+    NF_FRACTION_10,                         // # ??/10
+    NF_FRACTION_100,                        // # ??/100
+
+    NF_DATETIME_ISO_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS,        // 1997-10-08 01:23:45          ISO (with blank instead of T)
+    NF_DATETIME_ISO_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS000,     // 1997-10-08 01:23:45.678      not quite ISO with locale's separator
+    NF_DATETIME_ISO_YYYYMMDDTHHMMSS,        // 1997-10-08T01:23:45          ISO
+    NF_DATETIME_ISO_YYYYMMDDTHHMMSS000,     // 1997-10-08T01:23:45,678      ISO with milliseconds and ',' or '.'
+
+    // XXX When adding values here, follow the comment above about
+    // svx/source/items/numfmtsh.cxx
+
+    NF_INDEX_TABLE_ENTRIES                  // == 62, reserved to not be used in i18npool locale data.
+
+    // XXX Adding values above may increment the reserved area that can't be
+    // used by i18npool's locale data FormatCode definitions, see the
+    // description at i18npool/source/localedata/data/locale.dtd for ELEMENT
+    // FormatCode what the current convention's value is. In that case, the
+    // used formatIndex values in i18npool/source/localedata/data/*.xml will
+    // have to be adjusted.
+    // Overlapping the area will bail out with a check in
+    // SvNumberFormatter::ImpInsertFormat() in debug builds.
+};
+
+
+// #45717# IsNumberFormat( "98-10-24", 30, x ), YMD Format set with DMY
+// International settings doesn't recognize the string as a date.
+/** enum values for <method>SvNumberFormatter::SetEvalDateFormat</method>
+
+    <p>How <method>ImpSvNumberInputScan::GetDateRef</method> shall take the
+     DateFormat order (YMD,DMY,MDY) into account, if called from IsNumberFormat
+    with a date format to match against.
+ */
+enum NfEvalDateFormat
+{
+    /** DateFormat only from International, default. */
+    NF_EVALDATEFORMAT_INTL,
+
+    /** DateFormat only from date format passed to function (if any).
+        If no date format is passed then the DateFormat is taken from International. */
+    NF_EVALDATEFORMAT_FORMAT,
+
+    /** First try the DateFormat from International. If it doesn't match a
+         valid date try the DateFormat from the date format passed. */
+    NF_EVALDATEFORMAT_INTL_FORMAT,
+
+    /** First try the DateFormat from the date format passed. If it doesn't
+        match a valid date try the DateFormat from International. */
+    NF_EVALDATEFORMAT_FORMAT_INTL
+};
+
+
+/// This table is std::map because it needs to preserve insertion order,
+/// because the formats are roughly ordered from most to least common, and some
+/// parts of the UI want to show them in that order.
+typedef std::map<sal_uInt32, SvNumberformat*> SvNumberFormatTable;
+typedef std::unordered_map<sal_uInt16, sal_uInt32> SvNumberFormatterIndexTable;
+typedef std::unordered_map< sal_uInt32, sal_uInt32> SvNumberFormatterMergeMap;
+
+
+/** Language/country dependent currency entries
+ */
+class UNLESS_MERGELIBS(SVL_DLLPUBLIC) NfCurrencyEntry final
+{
+    OUString        aSymbol;            /// currency symbol
+    OUString        aBankSymbol;        /// currency abbreviation
+    LanguageType    eLanguage;          /// language/country value
+    sal_uInt16      nPositiveFormat;    /// position of symbol
+    sal_uInt16      nNegativeFormat;    /// position of symbol and type and position of negative sign
+    sal_uInt16      nDigits;            /// count of decimal digits
+    sal_Unicode     cZeroChar;          /// which character is used for zeros as last decimal digits
+
+private:
+
+                        // nDecimalFormat := 0, 1, 2
+                        // #,##0 or #,##0.00 or #,##0.-- is returned
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE OUString Impl_BuildFormatStringNumChars( const LocaleDataWrapper&, sal_uInt16 nDecimalFormat) const;
+
+public:
+
+    NfCurrencyEntry( const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData,
+                     LanguageType eLang );
+    NfCurrencyEntry( const css::i18n::Currency & rCurr,
+                     const LocaleDataWrapper& rLocaleData,
+                     LanguageType eLang );
+
+                        /// Symbols and language identical
+    bool                operator==( const NfCurrencyEntry& r ) const;
+
+    const OUString&     GetSymbol() const           { return aSymbol; }
+    const OUString&     GetBankSymbol() const       { return aBankSymbol; }
+    LanguageType        GetLanguage() const         { return eLanguage; }
+    sal_uInt16          GetPositiveFormat() const   { return nPositiveFormat; }
+    sal_uInt16          GetNegativeFormat() const   { return nNegativeFormat; }
+    sal_uInt16          GetDigits() const           { return nDigits; }
+
+                        /** Only to resolve system locale for currency list. */
+    void                SetLanguage( LanguageType nLang ) { eLanguage = nLang; }
+
+                        /** [$DM-407] (bBank==false) or [$DEM] (bBank==true)
+                            is returned. If bBank==false and
+                            bWithoutExtension==true only [$DM] */
+    OUString            BuildSymbolString(bool bBank, bool bWithoutExtension = false) const;
+
+                        /** #,##0.00 [$DM-407] is returned, separators
+                              from rLoc,    incl. minus sign but without [RED] */
+    OUString            BuildPositiveFormatString(bool bBank, const LocaleDataWrapper&,
+                                                  sal_uInt16 nDecimalFormat = 1) const;
+    OUString            BuildNegativeFormatString(bool bBank, const LocaleDataWrapper&,
+                                                  sal_uInt16 nDecimalFormat = 1) const;
+
+                        /** [$DM-407] (or [$DEM] if bBank==true)
+                            is appended/prepended to rStr, incl. minus sign */
+    void                CompletePositiveFormatString(OUStringBuffer& rStr, bool bBank,
+                                                     sal_uInt16 nPosiFormat) const;
+    void                CompleteNegativeFormatString(OUStringBuffer& rStr, bool bBank,
+                                                     sal_uInt16 nNegaFormat) const;
+
+                        /// rSymStr is appended/prepended to rStr, incl. minus sign
+    static  void        CompletePositiveFormatString(OUStringBuffer& rStr,
+                                                     std::u16string_view rSymStr, sal_uInt16 nPosiFormat);
+    static  void        CompleteNegativeFormatString(OUStringBuffer& rStr,
+                                                     std::u16string_view rSymStr, sal_uInt16 nNegaFormat);
+
+                        /** Representation of a currency (symbol position and
+                             negative sign) in other locales */
+    static  sal_uInt16  GetEffectivePositiveFormat( sal_uInt16 nIntlFormat,
+                                                    sal_uInt16 nCurrFormat, bool bBank );
+    static  sal_uInt16  GetEffectiveNegativeFormat( sal_uInt16 nIntlFormat,
+                                                    sal_uInt16 nCurrFormat, bool bBank );
+
+    /// General Unicode Euro symbol
+    static sal_Unicode   GetEuroSymbol() { return u'\x20AC'; }
+};
+
+typedef std::vector< OUString > NfWSStringsDtor;
+
+/** Input options to be used with IsNumberFormat() */
+enum class SvNumInputOptions : sal_uInt16
+{
+    NONE = 0,
+    LAX_TIME = 1    ///< allow input of minutes or seconds >59
+};
+namespace o3tl {
+    template<> struct typed_flags<SvNumInputOptions> : is_typed_flags<SvNumInputOptions, 0x0001> {};
+}
+
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_ZFORLIST_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/include/svl/zformat.hxx b/include/svl/zformat.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fa52c3384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/svl/zformat.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,763 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ *
+ * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice:
+ *
+ *   Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
+ *   contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed
+ *   with this work for additional information regarding copyright
+ *   ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache
+ *   License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+ *   except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+ *   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
+ */
+#ifndef INCLUDED_SVL_ZFORMAT_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_SVL_ZFORMAT_HXX
+
+#include <svl/svldllapi.h>
+#include <svl/zforlist.hxx>
+#include <svl/nfkeytab.hxx>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace utl {
+    class DigitGroupingIterator;
+}
+
+namespace com::sun::star::i18n { struct NativeNumberXmlAttributes2; }
+
+class Color;
+
+class ImpSvNumberformatScan;            // format code string scanner
+class ImpSvNumberInputScan;             // input string scanner
+class SvNumberFormatter;
+
+enum SvNumberformatLimitOps
+{
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NO  = 0,            // Undefined, no OP
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_EQ  = 1,            // Operator =
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NE  = 2,            // Operator <>
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_LT  = 3,            // Operator <
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_LE  = 4,            // Operator <=
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GT  = 5,            // Operator >
+    NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GE  = 6             // Operator >=
+};
+
+struct ImpSvNumberformatInfo            // Struct for FormatInfo
+{
+    std::vector<OUString> sStrArray;    // Array of symbols
+    std::vector<short> nTypeArray;      // Array of infos
+    sal_uInt16 nThousand;               // Count of group separator sequences
+    sal_uInt16 nCntPre;                 // Count of digits before decimal point
+    sal_uInt16 nCntPost;                // Count of digits after decimal point
+    sal_uInt16 nCntExp;                 // Count of exponent digits, or AM/PM
+    SvNumFormatType eScannedType;       // Type determined by scan
+    bool bThousand;                     // Has group (AKA thousand) separator
+
+    void Copy( const ImpSvNumberformatInfo& rNumFor, sal_uInt16 nCount );
+};
+
+// NativeNumber, represent numbers using CJK or other digits if nNum>0,
+// eLang specifies the Locale to use.
+class SvNumberNatNum
+{
+    OUString sParams;               // For [NatNum12 ordinal-number]-like syntax
+    LanguageType eLang;
+    sal_uInt8            nNum;
+    bool            bDBNum  :1;     // DBNum, to be converted to NatNum
+    bool            bDate   :1;     // Used in date? (needed for DBNum/NatNum mapping)
+    bool            bSet    :1;     // If set, since NatNum0 is possible
+
+public:
+
+    static  sal_uInt8    MapDBNumToNatNum( sal_uInt8 nDBNum, LanguageType eLang, bool bDate );
+    static  sal_uInt8    MapNatNumToDBNum( sal_uInt8 nNatNum, LanguageType eLang, bool bDate );
+
+                    SvNumberNatNum() : eLang( LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW ), nNum(0),
+                                        bDBNum(false), bDate(false), bSet(false) {}
+    bool            IsComplete() const  { return bSet && eLang != LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW; }
+    sal_uInt8       GetNatNum() const   { return bDBNum ? MapDBNumToNatNum( nNum, eLang, bDate ) : nNum; }
+    sal_uInt8       GetDBNum() const    { return bDBNum ? nNum : MapNatNumToDBNum( nNum, eLang, bDate ); }
+    LanguageType    GetLang() const     { return eLang; }
+    void            SetLang( LanguageType e ) { eLang = e; }
+    void            SetNum( sal_uInt8 nNumber, bool bDBNumber )
+                        {
+                            nNum = nNumber;
+                            bDBNum = bDBNumber;
+                            bSet = true;
+                        }
+    bool            IsSet() const       { return bSet; }
+    void            SetDate( bool bDateP )   { bDate = bDateP; }
+    void            SetParams(const OUString& s) { sParams = s; }
+    OUString const & GetParams() const { return sParams; }
+};
+
+class CharClass;
+
+class ImpSvNumFor                       // One of four subformats of the format code string
+{
+public:
+    ImpSvNumFor();                      // Ctor without filling the Info
+    ~ImpSvNumFor();
+
+    void Enlarge(sal_uInt16 nCount);    // Init of arrays to the right size
+
+    // if pSc is set, it is used to get the Color pointer
+    void Copy( const ImpSvNumFor& rNumFor, const ImpSvNumberformatScan* pSc );
+
+    // Access to Info; call Enlarge before!
+    ImpSvNumberformatInfo& Info() { return aI;}
+    const ImpSvNumberformatInfo& Info() const { return aI; }
+
+    // Get count of substrings (symbols)
+    sal_uInt16 GetCount() const { return nStringsCnt;}
+
+    const Color* GetColor() const { return pColor; }
+    void SetColor(const Color* pCol, OUString const& rName)
+     { pColor = pCol; sColorName = rName; }
+    const OUString& GetColorName() const { return sColorName; }
+
+    // new SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY in subformat?
+    bool HasNewCurrency() const;
+    bool GetNewCurrencySymbol( OUString& rSymbol, OUString& rExtension ) const;
+
+    // [NatNum1], [NatNum2], ...
+    void SetNatNumNum( sal_uInt8 nNum, bool bDBNum ) { aNatNum.SetNum( nNum, bDBNum ); }
+    void SetNatNumLang( LanguageType eLang ) { aNatNum.SetLang( eLang ); }
+    void SetNatNumDate( bool bDate ) { aNatNum.SetDate( bDate ); }
+    void SetNatNumParams(const OUString& sParams) { aNatNum.SetParams(sParams); }
+    const SvNumberNatNum& GetNatNum() const { return aNatNum; }
+
+private:
+    ImpSvNumberformatInfo aI;           // helper struct for remaining information
+    OUString sColorName;                // color name
+    const Color* pColor;                      // pointer to color of subformat
+    sal_uInt16 nStringsCnt;             // count of symbols
+    SvNumberNatNum aNatNum;             // DoubleByteNumber
+
+};
+
+class SVL_DLLPUBLIC SvNumberformat
+{
+    struct SAL_DLLPRIVATE LocaleType
+    {
+        enum class Substitute : sal_uInt8
+        {
+            NONE,
+            TIME,
+            LONGDATE
+        };
+
+        LanguageType meLanguage;
+        LanguageType meLanguageWithoutLocaleData;
+        Substitute meSubstitute;
+        sal_uInt8 mnNumeralShape;
+        sal_uInt8 mnCalendarType;
+
+        OUString generateCode() const;
+
+        LocaleType();
+        LocaleType(sal_uInt32 nRawCode);
+
+        bool isPlainLocale() const;
+    };
+
+public:
+    // Normal ctor
+    SvNumberformat( OUString& rString,
+                   ImpSvNumberformatScan* pSc,
+                   ImpSvNumberInputScan* pISc,
+                   sal_Int32& nCheckPos,
+                   LanguageType& eLan,
+                   bool bReplaceBooleanEquivalent = true );
+
+    // Copy ctor
+    SvNumberformat( SvNumberformat const & rFormat );
+
+    // Copy ctor with exchange of format code string scanner (used in merge)
+    SvNumberformat( SvNumberformat const & rFormat, ImpSvNumberformatScan& rSc );
+
+    ~SvNumberformat();
+
+    /// Get type of format, may include css::util::NumberFormat::DEFINED bit
+    SvNumFormatType GetType() const             { return eType; }
+
+    /// Get type of format, does not include css::util::NumberFormat::DEFINED
+    SvNumFormatType GetMaskedType() const       { return eType & ~SvNumFormatType::DEFINED; }
+
+    void SetType(SvNumFormatType eSetType)      { eType = eSetType; }
+    // Standard means the I18N defined standard format of this type
+    void SetStandard()                          { bStandard = true; }
+    bool IsStandard() const                     { return bStandard; }
+
+    // If this format is an additional built-in format defined by i18n.
+    void SetAdditionalBuiltin()                 { bAdditionalBuiltin = true; }
+    bool IsAdditionalBuiltin() const            { return bAdditionalBuiltin; }
+
+    LanguageType GetLanguage() const            { return maLocale.meLanguage;}
+
+    /** If the format is a placeholder and needs to be substituted. */
+    bool IsSubstituted() const
+        {
+            return maLocale.meSubstitute != LocaleType::Substitute::NONE;
+        }
+
+    /** If the format is a placeholder for the system time format and needs to
+        be substituted during formatting time.
+     */
+    bool IsSystemTimeFormat() const
+        {
+            return maLocale.meSubstitute == LocaleType::Substitute::TIME && maLocale.meLanguage == LANGUAGE_SYSTEM;
+        }
+
+    /** If the format is a placeholder for the system long date format and needs
+        to be substituted during formatting time.
+     */
+    bool IsSystemLongDateFormat() const
+        {
+            return maLocale.meSubstitute == LocaleType::Substitute::LONGDATE && maLocale.meLanguage == LANGUAGE_SYSTEM;
+        }
+
+    /** If the format is a MM:SS or [MM]:SS format, or MM:[SS] (sic!) or even
+        MM:SS.00 or [MM]:SS.00 or MM:[SS].00
+     */
+    bool IsMinuteSecondFormat() const;
+
+    const OUString& GetFormatstring() const   { return sFormatstring; }
+
+    // Build a format string of application defined keywords
+    OUString GetMappedFormatstring( const NfKeywordTable& rKeywords,
+                                    const LocaleDataWrapper& rLoc,
+                                    LanguageType nOriginalLang = LANGUAGE_DONTKNOW,
+                                    bool bSystemLanguage = false ) const;
+
+    void SetStarFormatSupport( bool b )         { bStarFlag = b; }
+
+    /**
+     * Get output string from a numeric value that fits the number of
+     * characters specified.
+     */
+    bool GetOutputString( double fNumber, sal_uInt16 nCharCount, OUString& rOutString ) const;
+
+    bool GetOutputString( double fNumber, OUString& OutString, const Color** ppColor );
+    void GetOutputString( std::u16string_view sString, OUString& OutString, const Color** ppColor );
+
+    // True if type text
+    bool IsTextFormat() const { return bool(eType & SvNumFormatType::TEXT); }
+    // True if 4th subformat present
+    bool HasTextFormat() const
+        {
+            return (NumFor[3].GetCount() > 0) ||
+                (NumFor[3].Info().eScannedType == SvNumFormatType::TEXT);
+        }
+
+    void GetFormatSpecialInfo(bool& bThousand,
+                              bool& IsRed,
+                              sal_uInt16& nPrecision,
+                              sal_uInt16& nLeadingCnt) const;
+
+    /// Get index of subformat (0..3) according to conditions and fNumber value
+    sal_uInt16 GetSubformatIndex( double fNumber ) const;
+
+    /// Count of decimal precision
+    sal_uInt16 GetFormatPrecision( sal_uInt16 nIx = 0 ) const
+        { return NumFor[nIx].Info().nCntPost; }
+
+    /// Count of integer digits
+    sal_uInt16 GetFormatIntegerDigits( sal_uInt16 nIx = 0 ) const
+        { return NumFor[nIx].Info().nCntPre; }
+
+    /** Count of hidden integer digits with thousands divisor:
+        formats like "0," to show only thousands.
+
+        Works only with SvNumFormatType::NUMBER and SvNumFormatType::CURRENCY,
+        returns 0 otherwise.
+
+        Returns SvNumberFormatter::UNLIMITED_PRECISION for formats that contain
+        the General keyword.
+     */
+    sal_uInt16 GetThousandDivisorPrecision( sal_uInt16 nIx = 0 ) const;
+
+    //! Read/write access on a special sal_uInt16 component, may only be used on the
+    //! standard format 0, 10000, ... and only by the number formatter!
+    struct FormatterPrivateAccess { friend SvNumberFormatter; private: FormatterPrivateAccess() {} };
+    sal_uInt16 GetLastInsertKey( const FormatterPrivateAccess& ) const
+        { return NumFor[0].Info().nThousand; }
+    void SetLastInsertKey( sal_uInt16 nKey, const FormatterPrivateAccess& )
+        { NumFor[0].Info().nThousand = nKey; }
+
+    //! Only onLoad: convert from stored to current system language/country
+    void ConvertLanguage( SvNumberFormatter& rConverter,
+        LanguageType eConvertFrom, LanguageType eConvertTo );
+
+    // Substring of a subformat code nNumFor (0..3)
+    // nPos == 0xFFFF => last substring
+    // bString==true: first/last SYMBOLTYPE_STRING or SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY
+    const OUString* GetNumForString( sal_uInt16 nNumFor, sal_uInt16 nPos,
+                                     bool bString = false ) const;
+
+    // Subtype of a subformat code nNumFor (0..3)
+    // nPos == 0xFFFF => last substring
+    short GetNumForType( sal_uInt16 nNumFor, sal_uInt16 nPos ) const;
+
+    OUString GetPercentString( sal_uInt16 nNumFor = 0 ) const;
+
+    OUString GetDenominatorString( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+    OUString GetNumeratorString( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+    OUString GetIntegerFractionDelimiterString( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+    /// Round fNumber to its fraction representation
+    double GetRoundFractionValue ( double fNumber ) const;
+
+    /// Create a format string for time with a new precision
+    OUString GetFormatStringForTimePrecision( int nPrecision ) const;
+
+
+    /** If the count of string elements (substrings, ignoring [modifiers] and
+        so on) in a subformat code nNumFor (0..3) is equal to the given number.
+        Used by ImpSvNumberInputScan::IsNumberFormatMain() to detect a matched
+        format.  */
+    bool IsNumForStringElementCountEqual( sal_uInt16 nNumFor, sal_uInt16 nAllCount,
+            sal_uInt16 nNumCount ) const
+        {
+            if ( nNumFor < 4 )
+            {
+                // First try a simple approach. Note that this is called only
+                // if all MidStrings did match so far, to verify that all
+                // strings of the format were matched and not just the starting
+                // sequence, so we don't have to check if GetCount() includes
+                // [modifiers] or anything else if both counts are equal.
+                sal_uInt16 nCnt = NumFor[nNumFor].GetCount();
+                if ( nAllCount == nCnt )
+                    return true;
+                if ( nAllCount < nCnt ) // check ignoring [modifiers] and so on
+                    return ImpGetNumForStringElementCount( nNumFor ) ==
+                        (nAllCount - nNumCount);
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+    /** Get the count of numbers among string elements **/
+    sal_uInt16 GetNumForNumberElementCount( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+
+    /** Get the scanned type of the specified subformat. */
+    SvNumFormatType GetNumForInfoScannedType( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const
+    {
+        return (nNumFor < 4) ? NumFor[nNumFor].Info().eScannedType : SvNumFormatType::UNDEFINED;
+    }
+
+    // Whether the second subformat code is really for negative numbers
+    // or another limit set.
+    bool IsSecondSubformatRealNegative() const
+        {
+            return fLimit1 == 0.0 && fLimit2 == 0.0 &&
+            ( (eOp1 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GE && eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NO) ||
+              (eOp1 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GT && eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_LT) ||
+              (eOp1 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NO && eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NO) );
+        }
+
+    // Whether the first subformat code is really for negative numbers
+    // or another limit set.
+    bool IsFirstSubformatRealNegative() const
+        {
+            return fLimit1 == 0.0 && fLimit2 == 0.0 &&
+                ((eOp1 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_LT &&
+                  (eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GT || eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_EQ ||
+                   eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GE || eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NO)) ||
+                 (eOp1 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_LE &&
+                  (eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_NO || eOp2 == NUMBERFORMAT_OP_GT)));
+        }
+
+    // Whether the negative format is without a sign or not
+    bool IsNegativeWithoutSign() const;
+
+    bool IsNegativeInBracket() const;
+
+    bool HasPositiveBracketPlaceholder() const;
+
+    // Whether a new SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY is contained in the format
+    bool HasNewCurrency() const;
+
+    // strip [$-yyy] from all [$xxx-yyy] leaving only xxx's,
+    static OUString StripNewCurrencyDelimiters( const OUString& rStr );
+
+    // If a new SYMBOLTYPE_CURRENCY is contained if the format is of type
+    // css::util::NumberFormat::CURRENCY, and if so the symbol xxx and the extension nnn
+    // of [$xxx-nnn] are returned
+    bool GetNewCurrencySymbol( OUString& rSymbol, OUString& rExtension ) const;
+
+    static bool HasStringNegativeSign( const OUString& rStr );
+
+    /**
+        Whether a character at position nPos is somewhere between two matching
+        cQuote or not.
+        If nPos points to a cQuote, a true is returned on an opening cQuote,
+        a false is returned on a closing cQuote.
+        A cQuote between quotes may be escaped by a cEscIn, a cQuote outside of
+        quotes may be escaped by a cEscOut.
+        The default '\0' results in no escapement possible.
+        Defaults are set right according to the "unlogic" of the Numberformatter
+     */
+    static bool IsInQuote( const OUString& rString, sal_Int32 nPos,
+                           sal_Unicode cQuote = '"',
+                           sal_Unicode cEscIn = '\0', sal_Unicode cEscOut = '\\' );
+
+    /**
+        Return the position of a matching closing cQuote if the character at
+        position nPos is between two matching cQuote, otherwise return -1.
+        If nPos points to an opening cQuote the position of the matching
+        closing cQuote is returned.
+        If nPos points to a closing cQuote nPos is returned.
+        If nPos points into a part which starts with an opening cQuote but has
+        no closing cQuote, rString.Len() is returned.
+        Uses <method>IsInQuote</method> internally, so you don't have to call
+        that prior to a call of this method.
+     */
+    static sal_Int32 GetQuoteEnd( const OUString& rString, sal_Int32 nPos,
+                                  sal_Unicode cQuote = '"',
+                                  sal_Unicode cEscIn = '\0' );
+
+    void SetComment( const OUString& rStr )
+        { sComment = rStr; }
+    const OUString& GetComment() const { return sComment; }
+
+    /** Insert the number of blanks into the string that is needed to simulate
+        the width of character c for underscore formats */
+    static sal_Int32 InsertBlanks( OUString& r, sal_Int32 nPos, sal_Unicode c )
+    {
+        sal_Int32 result;
+        OUStringBuffer sBuff(r);
+
+        result = InsertBlanks(sBuff, nPos, c);
+        r = sBuff.makeStringAndClear();
+
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    /** Insert the number of blanks into the string that is needed to simulate
+        the width of character c for underscore formats */
+    static sal_Int32 InsertBlanks( OUStringBuffer& r, sal_Int32 nPos, sal_Unicode c );
+
+    /// One of YMD,DMY,MDY if date format
+    DateOrder GetDateOrder() const;
+
+    /** A coded value of the exact YMD combination used, if date format.
+        For example: YYYY-MM-DD => ('Y' << 16) | ('M' << 8) | 'D'
+        or: MM/YY => ('M' << 8) | 'Y'  */
+    sal_uInt32 GetExactDateOrder() const;
+
+    // used in XML export
+    void GetConditions( SvNumberformatLimitOps& rOper1, double& rVal1,
+                        SvNumberformatLimitOps& rOper2, double& rVal2 ) const;
+    const Color* GetColor( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+    void GetNumForInfo( sal_uInt16 nNumFor, SvNumFormatType& rScannedType,
+                    bool& bThousand, sal_uInt16& nPrecision, sal_uInt16& nLeadingCnt ) const;
+
+    // rAttr.Number not empty if NatNum attributes are to be stored
+    void GetNatNumXml(
+            css::i18n::NativeNumberXmlAttributes2& rAttr,
+            sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+    /** Return empty string if no NatNum modifier or invalid nNumFor
+        otherwise return "[NatNum1]" or "[NatNum12 ...]" */
+    OUString GetNatNumModifierString( sal_uInt16 nNumFor = 0 ) const;
+
+    /** Switches to the first non-"gregorian" calendar, but only if the current
+        calendar is "gregorian"; original calendar name and date/time returned,
+        but only if calendar switched and rOrgCalendar was empty. */
+    void SwitchToOtherCalendar( OUString& rOrgCalendar, double& fOrgDateTime ) const;
+
+    /** Switches to the "gregorian" calendar, but only if the current calendar
+        is non-"gregorian" and rOrgCalendar is not empty. Thus a preceding
+        ImpSwitchToOtherCalendar() call should have been placed prior to
+        calling this method. */
+    void SwitchToGregorianCalendar( std::u16string_view rOrgCalendar, double fOrgDateTime ) const;
+
+#ifdef THE_FUTURE
+    /** Switches to the first specified calendar, if any, in subformat nNumFor
+        (0..3). Original calendar name and date/time returned, but only if
+        calendar switched and rOrgCalendar was empty.
+
+        @return
+            <TRUE/> if a calendar was specified and switched to,
+            <FALSE/> else.
+     */
+    bool SwitchToSpecifiedCalendar( OUString& rOrgCalendar, double& fOrgDateTime,
+            sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const
+        {
+            if ( nNumFor < 4 )
+                return ImpSwitchToSpecifiedCalendar( rOrgCalendar,
+                        fOrgDateTime, NumFor[nNumFor] );
+            return false;
+        }
+#endif
+
+    /// Whether it's a (YY)YY-M(M)-D(D) format.
+    bool IsIso8601( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const
+        {
+            if ( nNumFor < 4 )
+                return ImpIsIso8601( NumFor[nNumFor]);
+            return false;
+        }
+
+private:
+    ImpSvNumFor NumFor[4];          // Array for the 4 subformats
+    OUString sFormatstring;         // The format code string
+    OUString sComment;                // Comment, since number formatter version 6
+    double fLimit1;                 // Value for first condition
+    double fLimit2;                 // Value for second condition
+    ImpSvNumberformatScan& rScan;   // Format code scanner
+    LocaleType maLocale;            // Language/country of the format, numeral shape and calendar type from Excel.
+    SvNumberformatLimitOps eOp1;    // Operator for first condition
+    SvNumberformatLimitOps eOp2;    // Operator for second condition
+    SvNumFormatType eType;          // Type of format
+    bool bAdditionalBuiltin;        // If this is an additional built-in format defined by i18n
+    bool bStarFlag;                 // Take *n format as ESC n
+    bool bStandard;                 // If this is a default standard format
+    bool bIsUsed;                   // Flag as used for storing
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt16 ImpGetNumForStringElementCount( sal_uInt16 nNumFor ) const;
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpIsOtherCalendar( const ImpSvNumFor& rNumFor ) const;
+
+#ifdef THE_FUTURE
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpSwitchToSpecifiedCalendar( OUString& rOrgCalendar,
+                                                      double& fOrgDateTime,
+                                                      const ImpSvNumFor& rNumFor ) const;
+#endif
+
+    /** Whether to use possessive genitive case month name, or partitive case
+        month name, instead of nominative name (noun).
+
+        @param io_nState
+            0: execute check <br>
+               set to 1 if nominative case is returned, <br>
+               set to 2 if genitive case is returned, <br>
+               set to 3 if partitive case is returned <br>
+            1: don't execute check, return nominative case <br>
+            2: don't execute check, return genitive case <br>
+            3: don't execute check, return partitive case <br>
+
+        @param eCodeType
+            a NfKeywordIndex, must designate a month type code
+
+        @returns one of css::i18n::CalendarDisplayCode values
+            according to eCodeType and the check executed (or passed).
+     */
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static sal_Int32 ImpUseMonthCase( int & io_nState, const ImpSvNumFor& rNumFor, NfKeywordIndex eCodeType );
+
+    /// Whether it's a (YY)YY-M(M)-D(D) format.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpIsIso8601( const ImpSvNumFor& rNumFor ) const;
+
+    const CharClass& rChrCls() const;
+    const LocaleDataWrapper& rLoc() const;
+    CalendarWrapper& GetCal() const;
+    const SvNumberFormatter& GetFormatter() const;
+
+    // divide in substrings and color conditions
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE short ImpNextSymbol( OUStringBuffer& rString,
+                                        sal_Int32& nPos,
+                                        OUString& sSymbol ) const;
+
+    // read string until ']' and strip blanks (after condition)
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static sal_Int32 ImpGetNumber( OUStringBuffer& rString,
+                                                  sal_Int32& nPos,
+                                                  OUString& sSymbol );
+
+    /**
+     * Parse the content of '[$-xxx] or '[$-xxxxxxxx]' and extract the locale
+     * type from it.  Given the string, start parsing at position specified by
+     * nPos, and store the end position with nPos when the parsing is
+     * complete.  The nPos should point to the '$' before the parsing, and to
+     * the closing bracket after the parsing.  When the content is [$-xxx],
+     * the xxx part represents the language type (aka LCID) in hex numerals.
+     * When the content is [$-xxxxxxxx] the last 4 digits represent the LCID
+     * (again in hex), the next 2 digits represent the calendar type, and the
+     * 2 highest digits (if exists) is the numeral shape.
+     *
+     * @reference
+     * http://office.microsoft.com/en-us/excel-help/creating-international-number-formats-HA001034635.aspx
+     *
+     * @param rString input string
+     * @param nPos position (see above).
+     *
+     * @return struct containing numeral shape, calendar type, and LCID that
+     *         specifies language type. See i18nlangtag/lang.h for a complete
+     *         list of language types. These numbers also correspond with the
+     *         numbers used by Microsoft Office.
+     */
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static LocaleType ImpGetLocaleType( std::u16string_view rString, sal_Int32& nPos );
+
+    /** Obtain calendar and numerals from a LocaleType that was parsed from a
+        LCID with ImpGetLocaleType().
+
+        Inserts a NatNum modifier to rString at nPos if needed as determined
+        from the numeral code.
+
+        @ATTENTION: may modify <member>maLocale</member> to make it follow
+        aTmpLocale, in which case also nLang is adapted.
+
+        @returns a string with the calendar if one was determined from the
+        calendar code, else an empty string. The calendar string needs to be
+        inserted at a proper position to rString after all bracketed prefixes.
+     */
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE OUString ImpObtainCalendarAndNumerals( OUStringBuffer & rString,
+                                                          sal_Int32 nPos,
+                                                          LanguageType & nLang,
+                                                          const LocaleType & aTmpLocale );
+
+    // standard number output
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGetOutputStandard( double& fNumber, OUString& OutString ) const;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGetOutputStandard( double& fNumber, OUStringBuffer& OutString ) const;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGetOutputStdToPrecision( double& rNumber, OUString& rOutString, sal_uInt16 nPrecision ) const;
+    // numbers in input line
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGetOutputInputLine( double fNumber, OUString& OutString ) const;
+
+    // check subcondition
+    // OP undefined => -1
+    // else 0 or 1
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static short ImpCheckCondition(double fNumber,
+                         double fLimit,
+                         SvNumberformatLimitOps eOp);
+
+    // Helper function for number strings
+    // append string symbols, insert leading 0 or ' ', or ...
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpNumberFill( OUStringBuffer& sStr,
+                    double& rNumber,
+                    sal_Int32& k,
+                    sal_uInt16& j,
+                    sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                    short eSymbolType,
+                    bool bInsertRightBlank = false );
+
+    // Helper function to fill in the integer part and the group (AKA thousand) separators
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpNumberFillWithThousands( OUStringBuffer& sStr,
+                                 double& rNumber,
+                                 sal_Int32 k,
+                                 sal_uInt16 j,
+                                 sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                 sal_Int32 nDigCnt,
+                                 bool bAddDecSep = true );
+
+    // Helper function to fill in the group (AKA thousand) separators
+    // or to skip additional digits
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpDigitFill( OUStringBuffer& sStr,
+                                      sal_Int32 nStart,
+                                      sal_Int32& k,
+                                      sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                      sal_Int32 & nDigitCount,
+                                      utl::DigitGroupingIterator & );
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpDecimalFill( OUStringBuffer& sStr,
+                                 double& rNumber,
+                                 sal_Int32 nDecPos,
+                                 sal_uInt16 j,
+                                 sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                 bool bInteger );
+
+    /** Calculate each element of fraction:
+     * integer part, numerator part, denominator part
+     * @param fNumber value to be represented as fraction. Will contain absolute fractional part
+     * @param nIx subformat number 0..3
+     * @param fIntPart integral part of fraction
+     * @param nFrac numerator of fraction
+     * @param nDic denominator of fraction
+     */
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpGetFractionElements( double& fNumber,
+                                                sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                                double& fIntPart,
+                                                sal_Int64& nFrac,
+                                                sal_Int64& nDiv ) const;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetFractionOutput(double fNumber,
+                                             sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                             OUStringBuffer& OutString);
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetScientificOutput(double fNumber,
+                                               sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                               OUStringBuffer& OutString);
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetDateOutput( double fNumber,
+                                          sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                          OUStringBuffer& OutString );
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetTimeOutput( double fNumber,
+                                          sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                          OUStringBuffer& OutString );
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetDateTimeOutput( double fNumber,
+                                              sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                              OUStringBuffer& OutString );
+
+    // Switches to the "gregorian" calendar if the current calendar is
+    // non-"gregorian" and the era is a "Dummy" era of a calendar which doesn't
+    // know a "before" era (like zh_TW ROC or ja_JP Gengou). If switched and
+    // rOrgCalendar was "gregorian" the string is emptied. If rOrgCalendar was
+    // empty the previous calendar name and date/time are returned.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpFallBackToGregorianCalendar( OUString& rOrgCalendar, double& fOrgDateTime );
+
+    // Append a "G" short era string of the given calendar. In the case of a
+    // Gengou calendar this is a one character abbreviation, for other
+    // calendars the XExtendedCalendar::getDisplayString() method is called.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE static void ImpAppendEraG( OUStringBuffer& OutStringBuffer, const CalendarWrapper& rCal,
+                                              sal_Int16 nNatNum );
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetLogicalOutput( double fNumber,
+                                             sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                             OUStringBuffer& OutString );
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE bool ImpGetNumberOutput( double fNumber,
+                                            sal_uInt16 nIx,
+                                            OUStringBuffer& OutString );
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void ImpCopyNumberformat( const SvNumberformat& rFormat );
+
+    // normal digits or other digits, depending on ImpSvNumFor.aNatNum,
+    // [NatNum1], [NatNum2], ...
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE OUString ImpGetNatNumString( const SvNumberNatNum& rNum, sal_Int64 nVal,
+                                              sal_uInt16 nMinDigits  ) const;
+
+    OUString ImpIntToString( sal_uInt16 nIx, sal_Int64 nVal, sal_uInt16 nMinDigits = 0 ) const
+    {
+        const SvNumberNatNum& rNum = NumFor[nIx].GetNatNum();
+        if ( nMinDigits || rNum.IsComplete() )
+        {
+            return ImpGetNatNumString( rNum, nVal, nMinDigits );
+        }
+        return OUString::number(nVal);
+    }
+
+    // Obtain the string of the fraction of second, without leading "0.",
+    // rounded to nFractionDecimals (or nFractionDecimals+1 if
+    // bAddOneRoundingDecimal==true but then truncated at nFractionDecimals,
+    // for use with the result of tools::Time::GetClock()) with the length of
+    // nFractionDecimals, unless nMinimumInputLineDecimals>0 is given for input
+    // line string where extra trailing "0" are discarded.
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE sal_uInt16 ImpGetFractionOfSecondString( OUStringBuffer& rBuf, double fFractionOfSecond,
+            int nFractionDecimals, bool bAddOneRoundingDecimal, sal_uInt16 nIx, sal_uInt16 nMinimumInputLineDecimals );
+
+    // transliterate according to NativeNumber
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE OUString impTransliterateImpl(const OUString& rStr, const SvNumberNatNum& rNum) const;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void impTransliterateImpl(OUStringBuffer& rStr, const SvNumberNatNum& rNum) const;
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE OUString impTransliterateImpl(const OUString& rStr, const SvNumberNatNum& rNum, sal_uInt16 nDateKey) const;
+
+    OUString impTransliterate(const OUString& rStr, const SvNumberNatNum& rNum) const
+    {
+        return rNum.IsComplete() ? impTransliterateImpl(rStr, rNum) : rStr;
+    }
+
+    SVL_DLLPRIVATE void impTransliterate(OUStringBuffer& rStr, const SvNumberNatNum& rNum) const
+    {
+        if(rNum.IsComplete())
+        {
+            impTransliterateImpl(rStr, rNum);
+        }
+    }
+
+    OUString impTransliterate(const OUString& rStr, const SvNumberNatNum& rNum, sal_uInt16 nDateKey) const
+    {
+        return rNum.IsComplete() ? impTransliterateImpl(rStr, rNum, nDateKey) : rStr;
+    }
+
+};
+
+#endif // INCLUDED_SVL_ZFORMAT_HXX
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */